]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blob - src/generic/grid.cpp
projects / wxWidgets.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Remove all lines containing cvs/svn "$Id$" keyword.
[wxWidgets.git] / src / generic / grid.cpp
1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp
3 // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
4 // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
6 // Created: 1/08/1999
7 // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
8 // Licence: wxWindows licence
9 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10
11 /*
12 TODO:
13
14 - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
15 - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
16 - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
17 - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
18 */
19
20 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
21 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
22
23 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
24 #pragma hdrstop
25 #endif
26
27 #if wxUSE_GRID
28
29 #include "wx/grid.h"
30
31 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
32 #include "wx/utils.h"
33 #include "wx/dcclient.h"
34 #include "wx/settings.h"
35 #include "wx/log.h"
36 #include "wx/textctrl.h"
37 #include "wx/checkbox.h"
38 #include "wx/combobox.h"
39 #include "wx/valtext.h"
40 #include "wx/intl.h"
41 #include "wx/math.h"
42 #include "wx/listbox.h"
43 #endif
44
45 #include "wx/textfile.h"
46 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
47 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
48 #include "wx/renderer.h"
49 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
50 #include "wx/hashset.h"
51
52 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
53 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
54 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
55 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
56
57 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
58
59 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
60 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
61 #else
62 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier
63 #endif
64
65 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
66 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
67 #else
68 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier
69 #endif
70
71 // Required for wxIs... functions
72 #include <ctype.h>
73
74 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
75 wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
76
77
78 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
79 // globals
80 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
81
82 namespace
83 {
84
85 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
86 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
87 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
88 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
89 #endif
90
91 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
92 //
93 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
94 // globals
95 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
96 {
97 wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
98 wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
99 wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
100 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
101
102 } // anonymous namespace
103
104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
105 // constants
106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
107
108 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
109 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
110
111 namespace
112 {
113
114 // scroll line size
115 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
117
118 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
119 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
120 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
121
122 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
123 // operation
124 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
125
126 } // anonymous namespace
127
128 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
129
130 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
132
133 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
134 // events
135 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
136
137 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
158 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, wxGridEvent );
159
160 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
161 // private helpers
162 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
163
164 namespace
165 {
166
167 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
168 // necessary
169 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
170 {
171 if ( first > second )
172 wxSwap(first, second);
173 }
174
175 } // anonymous namespace
176
177 // ============================================================================
178 // implementation
179 // ============================================================================
180
181 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
182
183 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
184 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
185 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
186 EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
187 END_EVENT_TABLE()
188
189 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
190 EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
191 EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick)
192 EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick)
193
194 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
195 EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
196 EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
197
198 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
199 EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
200 END_EVENT_TABLE()
201
202 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
203 {
204 static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
205
206 return s_colOper;
207 }
208
209 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
210 {
211 static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
212
213 return s_rowOper;
214 }
215
216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
217 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
218 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
220
221 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
222 {
223 // nothing to do
224 }
225
226 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
227 {
228 }
229
230 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
231 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
232 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
233
234 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
235 wxDC& dc,
236 const wxString& value,
237 const wxRect& rect,
238 int horizAlign,
239 int vertAlign,
240 int textOrientation) const
241 {
242 dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
243 dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
244 dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
245 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
246 }
247
248
249 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
250 wxDC& dc,
251 wxRect& rect) const
252 {
253 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
254 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
255 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
256 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
257 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
258 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
259 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
260
261 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
262 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
263 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
264 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
265 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
266
267 rect.Deflate(2);
268 }
269
270 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
271 wxDC& dc,
272 wxRect& rect) const
273 {
274 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
275 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
276 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
277 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
278 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
279 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
280 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
281
282 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
283 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
284 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
285 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
286 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
287
288 rect.Deflate(2);
289 }
290
291 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
292 wxDC& dc,
293 wxRect& rect) const
294 {
295 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
296 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
297 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
298 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
299 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
300 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
301 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
302 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
303 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
304
305 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
306 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
307 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
308 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
309 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
310
311 rect.Deflate(2);
312 }
313
314 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
315 // wxGridCellAttr
316 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
317
318 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
319 {
320 m_isReadOnly = Unset;
321
322 m_renderer = NULL;
323 m_editor = NULL;
324
325 m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
326
327 m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
328 m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
329
330 SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
331 }
332
333 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
334 {
335 wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
336
337 if ( HasTextColour() )
338 attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
339 if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
340 attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
341 if ( HasFont() )
342 attr->SetFont(GetFont());
343 if ( HasAlignment() )
344 attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
345
346 attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
347
348 if ( m_renderer )
349 {
350 attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
351 m_renderer->IncRef();
352 }
353 if ( m_editor )
354 {
355 attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
356 m_editor->IncRef();
357 }
358
359 if ( IsReadOnly() )
360 attr->SetReadOnly();
361
362 attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
363 attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
364
365 return attr;
366 }
367
368 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
369 {
370 if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
371 SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
372 if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
373 SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
374 if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
375 SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
376 if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
377 {
378 int hAlign, vAlign;
379 mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
380 SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
381 }
382 if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
383 mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
384
385 // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
386 // m_renderer/m_editor
387 //
388 // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
389 if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
390 {
391 m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
392 m_renderer->IncRef();
393 }
394 if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
395 {
396 m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor;
397 m_editor->IncRef();
398 }
399 if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
400 SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
401
402 if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
403 SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
404
405 SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
406 }
407
408 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
409 {
410 // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
411
412 // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
413 // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
414 // set to negative or zero values such that
415 // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
416 // same goes for the col + num_cols.
417
418 // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
419
420 wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
421 !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
422 !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
423 wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values"));
424
425 m_sizeRows = num_rows;
426 m_sizeCols = num_cols;
427 }
428
429 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
430 {
431 if (HasTextColour())
432 {
433 return m_colText;
434 }
435 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
436 {
437 return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
438 }
439 else
440 {
441 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
442 return wxNullColour;
443 }
444 }
445
446 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
447 {
448 if (HasBackgroundColour())
449 {
450 return m_colBack;
451 }
452 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
453 {
454 return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
455 }
456 else
457 {
458 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
459 return wxNullColour;
460 }
461 }
462
463 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
464 {
465 if (HasFont())
466 {
467 return m_font;
468 }
469 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
470 {
471 return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
472 }
473 else
474 {
475 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
476 return wxNullFont;
477 }
478 }
479
480 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
481 {
482 if (HasAlignment())
483 {
484 if ( hAlign )
485 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
486 if ( vAlign )
487 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
488 }
489 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
490 {
491 m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
492 }
493 else
494 {
495 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
496 }
497 }
498
499 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
500 {
501 if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
502 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
503
504 if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
505 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
506 }
507
508 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
509 {
510 if ( num_rows )
511 *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
512 if ( num_cols )
513 *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
514 }
515
516 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
517 // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is
518 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
519 // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is
520 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
521 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
522
523 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
524 {
525 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
526
527 if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
528 {
529 // use the cells renderer if it has one
530 renderer = m_renderer;
531 renderer->IncRef();
532 }
533 else // no non-default cell renderer
534 {
535 // get default renderer for the data type
536 if ( grid )
537 {
538 // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
539 renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
540 }
541
542 if ( renderer == NULL )
543 {
544 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
545 {
546 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
547 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
548 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
549 }
550 else // default grid attr
551 {
552 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
553 renderer = m_renderer;
554 if ( renderer )
555 renderer->IncRef();
556 }
557 }
558 }
559
560 // we're supposed to always find something
561 wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
562
563 return renderer;
564 }
565
566 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
567 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
568 {
569 wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
570
571 if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
572 {
573 // use the cells editor if it has one
574 editor = m_editor;
575 editor->IncRef();
576 }
577 else // no non default cell editor
578 {
579 // get default editor for the data type
580 if ( grid )
581 {
582 // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
583 editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
584 }
585
586 if ( editor == NULL )
587 {
588 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
589 {
590 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
591 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
592 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
593 }
594 else // default grid attr
595 {
596 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
597 editor = m_editor;
598 if ( editor )
599 editor->IncRef();
600 }
601 }
602 }
603
604 // we're supposed to always find something
605 wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
606
607 return editor;
608 }
609
610 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
611 // wxGridCellAttrData
612 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
613
614 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
615 {
616 // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
617 // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
618 // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
619 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
620 if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
621 {
622 if ( attr )
623 {
624 // add the attribute
625 m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
626 }
627 //else: nothing to do
628 }
629 else // we already have an attribute for this cell
630 {
631 if ( attr )
632 {
633 // change the attribute
634 m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
635 }
636 else
637 {
638 // remove this attribute
639 m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
645 {
646 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
647
648 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
649 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
650 {
651 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
652 attr->IncRef();
653 }
654
655 return attr;
656 }
657
658 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
659 {
660 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
661 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
662 {
663 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
664 wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
665 if ((size_t)row >= pos)
666 {
667 if (numRows > 0)
668 {
669 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
670 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
671 }
672 else if (numRows < 0)
673 {
674 // If rows deleted ...
675 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
676 {
677 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
678 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
679 }
680 else
681 {
682 // ...or remove the attribute
683 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
684 n--;
685 count--;
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 }
691
692 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
693 {
694 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
695 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
696 {
697 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
698 wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
699 if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
700 {
701 if ( numCols > 0 )
702 {
703 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
704 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
705 }
706 else if (numCols < 0)
707 {
708 // If rows deleted ...
709 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
710 {
711 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
712 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
713 }
714 else
715 {
716 // ...or remove the attribute
717 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
718 n--;
719 count--;
720 }
721 }
722 }
723 }
724 }
725
726 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
727 {
728 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
729 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
730 {
731 const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
732 if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
733 {
734 return n;
735 }
736 }
737
738 return wxNOT_FOUND;
739 }
740
741 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
742 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
743 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
744
745 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
746 {
747 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
748 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
749 {
750 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
751 }
752 }
753
754 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
755 {
756 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
757
758 int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
759 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
760 {
761 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
762 attr->IncRef();
763 }
764
765 return attr;
766 }
767
768 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
769 {
770 int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
771 if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
772 {
773 if ( attr )
774 {
775 // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
776 m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
777 m_attrs.Add(attr);
778 }
779 // nothing to remove
780 }
781 else // we have an attribute for this row or column
782 {
783 size_t n = (size_t)i;
784
785 // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
786 // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
787 // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
788 // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
789 // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
790 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
791
792 if ( attr )
793 {
794 // replace the attribute with the new one
795 m_attrs[n] = attr;
796 }
797 else // remove the attribute
798 {
799 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
800 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
801 }
802 }
803 }
804
805 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
806 {
807 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
808 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
809 {
810 int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
811 if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
812 {
813 if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
814 {
815 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
816 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
817 }
818 else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
819 {
820 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
821 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
822 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
823 else
824 {
825 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
826 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
827 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
828 n--;
829 count--;
830 }
831 }
832 }
833 }
834 }
835
836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
837 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
838 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
839
840 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
841 {
842 m_data = NULL;
843 }
844
845 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
846 {
847 delete m_data;
848 }
849
850 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
851 {
852 m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
853 }
854
855 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
856 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const
857 {
858 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
859 if ( m_data )
860 {
861 switch (kind)
862 {
863 case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
864 // Get cached merge attributes.
865 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
866 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
867 if (!attr)
868 {
869 // Basically implement old version.
870 // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
871 wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
872 wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
873 wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
874
875 if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
876 {
877 // Two or more are non NULL
878 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
879 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
880
881 // Order is important..
882 if (attrcell)
883 {
884 attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
885 attrcell->DecRef();
886 }
887 if (attrcol)
888 {
889 attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
890 attrcol->DecRef();
891 }
892 if (attrrow)
893 {
894 attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
895 attrrow->DecRef();
896 }
897
898 // store merge attr if cache implemented
899 //attr->IncRef();
900 //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
901 }
902 else
903 {
904 // one or none is non null return it or null.
905 if (attrrow)
906 attr = attrrow;
907 if (attrcol)
908 {
909 if (attr)
910 attr->DecRef();
911 attr = attrcol;
912 }
913 if (attrcell)
914 {
915 if (attr)
916 attr->DecRef();
917 attr = attrcell;
918 }
919 }
920 }
921 break;
922
923 case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
924 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
925 break;
926
927 case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
928 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
929 break;
930
931 case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
932 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
933 break;
934
935 default:
936 // unused as yet...
937 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
938 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
939 break;
940 }
941 }
942
943 return attr;
944 }
945
946 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
947 int row, int col)
948 {
949 if ( !m_data )
950 InitData();
951
952 m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
953 }
954
955 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
956 {
957 if ( !m_data )
958 InitData();
959
960 m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
961 }
962
963 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
964 {
965 if ( !m_data )
966 InitData();
967
968 m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
969 }
970
971 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
972 {
973 if ( m_data )
974 {
975 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
976
977 m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
978 }
979 }
980
981 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
982 {
983 if ( m_data )
984 {
985 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
986
987 m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
988 }
989 }
990
991 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
992 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
993 {
994 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
995 }
996
997 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
998 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
999 {
1000 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
1001 }
1002
1003 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
1004 {
1005 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
1006 }
1007
1008 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1009 // wxGridTableBase
1010 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1011
1012 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
1013
1014 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
1015 {
1016 m_view = NULL;
1017 m_attrProvider = NULL;
1018 }
1019
1020 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1021 {
1022 delete m_attrProvider;
1023 }
1024
1025 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1026 {
1027 delete m_attrProvider;
1028 m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1029 }
1030
1031 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1032 {
1033 if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1034 {
1035 // use the default attr provider by default
1036 SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1037 }
1038
1039 return true;
1040 }
1041
1042 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind)
1043 {
1044 if ( m_attrProvider )
1045 return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1046 else
1047 return NULL;
1048 }
1049
1050 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1051 {
1052 if ( m_attrProvider )
1053 {
1054 if ( attr )
1055 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1056 m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1057 }
1058 else
1059 {
1060 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1061 // free it now
1062 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1063 }
1064 }
1065
1066 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1067 {
1068 if ( m_attrProvider )
1069 {
1070 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1071 m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1072 }
1073 else
1074 {
1075 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1076 // free it now
1077 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1078 }
1079 }
1080
1081 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1082 {
1083 if ( m_attrProvider )
1084 {
1085 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1086 m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1087 }
1088 else
1089 {
1090 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1091 // free it now
1092 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1093 }
1094 }
1095
1096 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1097 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1098 {
1099 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1100
1101 return false;
1102 }
1103
1104 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1105 {
1106 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1107
1108 return false;
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1112 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1113 {
1114 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1115
1116 return false;
1117 }
1118
1119 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1120 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1121 {
1122 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1123
1124 return false;
1125 }
1126
1127 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1128 {
1129 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1130
1131 return false;
1132 }
1133
1134 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1135 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1136 {
1137 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1138
1139 return false;
1140 }
1141
1142 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1143 {
1144 wxString s;
1145
1146 // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1147 // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1148 s << row + 1;
1149
1150 return s;
1151 }
1152
1153 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1154 {
1155 // default col labels are:
1156 // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z
1157 // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1158 // etc.
1159
1160 wxString s;
1161 unsigned int i, n;
1162 for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1163 {
1164 s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1165 col = col / 26 - 1;
1166 if ( col < 0 )
1167 break;
1168 }
1169
1170 // reverse the string...
1171 wxString s2;
1172 for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1173 {
1174 s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1175 }
1176
1177 return s2;
1178 }
1179
1180 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1181 {
1182 return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1183 }
1184
1185 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1186 const wxString& typeName )
1187 {
1188 return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1189 }
1190
1191 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1192 {
1193 return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1194 }
1195
1196 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1197 {
1198 return 0;
1199 }
1200
1201 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1202 {
1203 return 0.0;
1204 }
1205
1206 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1207 {
1208 return false;
1209 }
1210
1211 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1212 long WXUNUSED(value) )
1213 {
1214 }
1215
1216 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1217 double WXUNUSED(value) )
1218 {
1219 }
1220
1221 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1222 bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1223 {
1224 }
1225
1226 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1227 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1228 {
1229 return NULL;
1230 }
1231
1232 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1233 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1234 void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1235 {
1236 }
1237
1238 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1239 //
1240 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1241 // to the grid view
1242 //
1243
1244 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1245 {
1246 m_table = NULL;
1247 m_id = -1;
1248 m_comInt1 = -1;
1249 m_comInt2 = -1;
1250 }
1251
1252 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1253 int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1254 {
1255 m_table = table;
1256 m_id = id;
1257 m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1258 m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1259 }
1260
1261 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1262 //
1263 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1264 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1265 //
1266
1267 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1268
1269 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1270
1271 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1272 : wxGridTableBase()
1273 {
1274 m_numCols = 0;
1275 }
1276
1277 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1278 : wxGridTableBase()
1279 {
1280 m_numCols = numCols;
1281
1282 m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1283
1284 wxArrayString sa;
1285 sa.Alloc( numCols );
1286 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1287
1288 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1289 }
1290
1291 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1292 {
1293 wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1294 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1295 wxEmptyString,
1296 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1297
1298 return m_data[row][col];
1299 }
1300
1301 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1302 {
1303 wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1304 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1305 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1306
1307 m_data[row][col] = value;
1308 }
1309
1310 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1311 {
1312 int row, col;
1313 int numRows, numCols;
1314
1315 numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1316 if ( numRows > 0 )
1317 {
1318 numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1319
1320 for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1321 {
1322 for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1323 {
1324 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1325 }
1326 }
1327 }
1328 }
1329
1330 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1331 {
1332 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1333 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1334 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1335
1336 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1337 {
1338 return AppendRows( numRows );
1339 }
1340
1341 wxArrayString sa;
1342 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1343 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1344 m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1345
1346 if ( GetView() )
1347 {
1348 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1349 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1350 pos,
1351 numRows );
1352
1353 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1354 }
1355
1356 return true;
1357 }
1358
1359 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1360 {
1361 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1362 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1363 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1364 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1365
1366 wxArrayString sa;
1367 if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1368 {
1369 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1370 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1371 }
1372
1373 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1374
1375 if ( GetView() )
1376 {
1377 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1378 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1379 numRows );
1380
1381 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1382 }
1383
1384 return true;
1385 }
1386
1387 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1388 {
1389 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1390
1391 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1392 {
1393 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1394 (
1395 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1396 (unsigned long)pos,
1397 (unsigned long)numRows,
1398 (unsigned long)curNumRows
1399 ) );
1400
1401 return false;
1402 }
1403
1404 if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1405 {
1406 numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1407 }
1408
1409 if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1410 {
1411 m_data.Clear();
1412 }
1413 else
1414 {
1415 m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1416 }
1417
1418 if ( GetView() )
1419 {
1420 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1421 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1422 pos,
1423 numRows );
1424
1425 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1426 }
1427
1428 return true;
1429 }
1430
1431 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1432 {
1433 size_t row, col;
1434
1435 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1436 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1437 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1438 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1439
1440 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1441 {
1442 return AppendCols( numCols );
1443 }
1444
1445 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1446 {
1447 m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1448
1449 size_t i;
1450 for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1451 m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1452 }
1453
1454 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1455 {
1456 for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1457 {
1458 m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1459 }
1460 }
1461
1462 m_numCols += numCols;
1463
1464 if ( GetView() )
1465 {
1466 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1467 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1468 pos,
1469 numCols );
1470
1471 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1472 }
1473
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1478 {
1479 size_t row;
1480
1481 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1482
1483 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1484 {
1485 m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1486 }
1487
1488 m_numCols += numCols;
1489
1490 if ( GetView() )
1491 {
1492 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1493 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1494 numCols );
1495
1496 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1497 }
1498
1499 return true;
1500 }
1501
1502 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1503 {
1504 size_t row;
1505
1506 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1507 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1508 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1509
1510 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1511 {
1512 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1513 (
1514 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1515 (unsigned long)pos,
1516 (unsigned long)numCols,
1517 (unsigned long)curNumCols
1518 ) );
1519 return false;
1520 }
1521
1522 int colID;
1523 if ( GetView() )
1524 colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1525 else
1526 colID = pos;
1527
1528 if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1529 {
1530 numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1531 }
1532
1533 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1534 {
1535 // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1536 // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1537 // element and not numCols, so account for it
1538 int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1539 if (numRemaining > 0)
1540 m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) );
1541 }
1542
1543 if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1544 {
1545 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1546 {
1547 m_data[row].Clear();
1548 }
1549
1550 m_numCols = 0;
1551 }
1552 else // something will be left
1553 {
1554 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1555 {
1556 m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1557 }
1558
1559 m_numCols -= numCols;
1560 }
1561
1562 if ( GetView() )
1563 {
1564 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1565 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1566 pos,
1567 numCols );
1568
1569 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1570 }
1571
1572 return true;
1573 }
1574
1575 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1576 {
1577 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1578 {
1579 // using default label
1580 //
1581 return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1582 }
1583 else
1584 {
1585 return m_rowLabels[row];
1586 }
1587 }
1588
1589 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1590 {
1591 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1592 {
1593 // using default label
1594 //
1595 return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1596 }
1597 else
1598 {
1599 return m_colLabels[col];
1600 }
1601 }
1602
1603 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1604 {
1605 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1606 {
1607 int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1608 int i;
1609
1610 for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1611 {
1612 m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1613 }
1614 }
1615
1616 m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1617 }
1618
1619 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1620 {
1621 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1622 {
1623 int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1624 int i;
1625
1626 for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1627 {
1628 m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1629 }
1630 }
1631
1632 m_colLabels[col] = value;
1633 }
1634
1635
1636 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1637 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1638
1639 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1640 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1641 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1642
1643 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1644 {
1645 m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1646 }
1647
1648 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1649 EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1650 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1651 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1652 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1653
1654 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1655 {
1656 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1657
1658 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1659 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1660 // set the y coord - MB
1661 //
1662 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1663
1664 int x, y;
1665 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1666 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1667 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1668
1669 wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1670 m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1671 }
1672
1673 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1674 {
1675 m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1676 }
1677
1678 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1679 {
1680 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1681 event.Skip();
1682 }
1683
1684 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1685
1686 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1687 EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1688 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1689 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1690 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1691
1692 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1693 {
1694 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1695
1696 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1697 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1698 // set the x coord - MB
1699 //
1700 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1701
1702 int x, y;
1703 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1704 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1705 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1706 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1707 else
1708 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1709
1710 wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1711 m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1712 }
1713
1714 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1715 {
1716 m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1717 }
1718
1719 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1720 {
1721 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1722 event.Skip();
1723 }
1724
1725 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1726
1727 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1728 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1729 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1730 EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1731 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1732
1733 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1734 {
1735 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1736
1737 m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1738 }
1739
1740 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1741 {
1742 m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1743 }
1744
1745 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1746 {
1747 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1748 event.Skip();
1749 }
1750
1751 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1752
1753 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1754 EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1755 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1756 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1757 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1758 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1759 EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1760 EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1761 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1762 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1763 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1764
1765 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1766 {
1767 wxPaintDC dc( this );
1768 m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1769 wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1770 wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1771 m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1772
1773 m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1774
1775 m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1776
1777 m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1778 }
1779
1780 void wxGrid::Render( wxDC& dc,
1781 const wxPoint& position,
1782 const wxSize& size,
1783 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1784 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1785 int style )
1786 {
1787 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetCol() < GetNumberCols(),
1788 "Invalid right column" );
1789 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetRow() < GetNumberRows(),
1790 "Invalid bottom row" );
1791
1792 // store user settings and reset later
1793
1794 // remove grid selection, don't paint selection colour
1795 // unless we have wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION
1796 // block selections are the only ones catered for here
1797 wxGridCellCoordsArray selectedCells;
1798 bool hasSelection = IsSelection();
1799 if ( hasSelection && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1800 {
1801 selectedCells = GetSelectionBlockTopLeft();
1802 // non block selections may not have a bottom right
1803 if ( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight().size() )
1804 selectedCells.Add( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight()[ 0 ] );
1805
1806 ClearSelection();
1807 }
1808
1809 // store user device origin
1810 wxCoord userOriginX, userOriginY;
1811 dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &userOriginX, &userOriginY );
1812
1813 // store user scale
1814 double scaleUserX, scaleUserY;
1815 dc.GetUserScale( &scaleUserX, &scaleUserY );
1816
1817 // set defaults if necessary
1818 wxGridCellCoords leftTop( topLeft ), rightBottom( bottomRight );
1819 if ( leftTop.GetCol() < 0 )
1820 leftTop.SetCol(0);
1821 if ( leftTop.GetRow() < 0 )
1822 leftTop.SetRow(0);
1823 if ( rightBottom.GetCol() < 0 )
1824 rightBottom.SetCol(GetNumberCols() - 1);
1825 if ( rightBottom.GetRow() < 0 )
1826 rightBottom.SetRow(GetNumberRows() - 1);
1827
1828 // get grid offset, size and cell parameters
1829 wxPoint pointOffSet;
1830 wxSize sizeGrid;
1831 wxGridCellCoordsArray renderCells;
1832 wxArrayInt arrayCols;
1833 wxArrayInt arrayRows;
1834
1835 GetRenderSizes( leftTop, rightBottom,
1836 pointOffSet, sizeGrid,
1837 renderCells,
1838 arrayCols, arrayRows );
1839
1840 // add headers/labels to dimensions
1841 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1842 sizeGrid.x += GetRowLabelSize();
1843 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1844 sizeGrid.y += GetColLabelSize();
1845
1846 // get render start position in logical units
1847 wxPoint positionRender = GetRenderPosition( dc, position );
1848
1849 wxCoord originX = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( positionRender.x );
1850 wxCoord originY = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( positionRender.y );
1851
1852 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1853
1854 SetRenderScale( dc, positionRender, size, sizeGrid );
1855
1856 // draw row headers at specified origin
1857 if ( GetRowLabelSize() > 0 && ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
1858 {
1859 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1860 {
1861 DrawCornerLabel( dc ); // do only if both col and row labels drawn
1862 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1863 }
1864
1865 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1866 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1867
1868 DrawRowLabels( dc, arrayRows );
1869
1870 // reset for columns
1871 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1872 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1873
1874 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1875 // X offset so we don't overwrite row labels
1876 originX += dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( GetRowLabelSize() );
1877 }
1878
1879 // subtract col offset where startcol > 0
1880 originX -= dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( pointOffSet.x );
1881 // no y offset for col labels, they are at the Y origin
1882
1883 // draw column labels
1884 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1885 {
1886 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1887 DrawColLabels( dc, arrayCols );
1888 // don't overwrite the labels, increment originY
1889 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1890 }
1891
1892 // set device origin to draw grid cells and lines
1893 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1894 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1895
1896 // draw cell area background
1897 dc.SetBrush( GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() );
1898 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1899 // subtract headers from grid area dimensions
1900 wxSize sizeCells( sizeGrid );
1901 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1902 sizeCells.x -= GetRowLabelSize();
1903 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1904 sizeCells.y -= GetColLabelSize();
1905
1906 dc.DrawRectangle( pointOffSet, sizeCells );
1907
1908 // draw cells
1909 DrawGridCellArea( dc, renderCells );
1910
1911 // draw grid lines
1912 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES )
1913 {
1914 wxRegion regionClip( pointOffSet.x, pointOffSet.y,
1915 sizeCells.x, sizeCells.y );
1916
1917 DrawRangeGridLines(dc, regionClip, renderCells[0], renderCells.Last());
1918 }
1919
1920 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
1921 DoRenderBox( dc, style,
1922 pointOffSet, sizeCells,
1923 leftTop, rightBottom );
1924
1925 // restore user setings
1926 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( userOriginX, userOriginY );
1927 dc.SetUserScale( scaleUserX, scaleUserY );
1928
1929 if ( selectedCells.size() && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1930 {
1931 SelectBlock( selectedCells[ 0 ].GetRow(),
1932 selectedCells[ 0 ].GetCol(),
1933 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetRow(),
1934 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetCol() );
1935 }
1936 }
1937
1938 void
1939 wxGrid::SetRenderScale(wxDC& dc,
1940 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1941 const wxSize& sizeGrid )
1942 {
1943 double scaleX, scaleY;
1944 wxSize sizeTemp;
1945
1946 if ( size.GetWidth() != wxDefaultSize.GetWidth() ) // size.x was specified
1947 sizeTemp.SetWidth( size.GetWidth() );
1948 else
1949 sizeTemp.SetWidth( dc.DeviceToLogicalXRel( dc.GetSize().GetWidth() )
1950 - pos.x );
1951
1952 if ( size.GetHeight() != wxDefaultSize.GetHeight() ) // size.y was specified
1953 sizeTemp.SetHeight( size.GetHeight() );
1954 else
1955 sizeTemp.SetHeight( dc.DeviceToLogicalYRel( dc.GetSize().GetHeight() )
1956 - pos.y );
1957
1958 scaleX = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetWidth() / (double) sizeGrid.GetWidth() );
1959 scaleY = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetHeight() / (double) sizeGrid.GetHeight() );
1960
1961 dc.SetUserScale( wxMin( scaleX, scaleY), wxMin( scaleX, scaleY ) );
1962 }
1963
1964 // get grid rendered size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
1965 void wxGrid::GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1966 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1967 wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
1968 wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
1969 wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows )
1970 {
1971 pointOffSet.x = 0;
1972 pointOffSet.y = 0;
1973 sizeGrid.SetWidth( 0 );
1974 sizeGrid.SetHeight( 0 );
1975
1976 int col, row;
1977
1978 wxGridSizesInfo sizeinfo = GetColSizes();
1979 for ( col = 0; col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
1980 {
1981 if ( col < topLeft.GetCol() )
1982 {
1983 pointOffSet.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1984 }
1985 else
1986 {
1987 for ( row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1988 {
1989 renderCells.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ));
1990 arrayRows.Add( row ); // column labels rendered in DrawColLabels
1991 }
1992 arrayCols.Add( col ); // row labels rendered in DrawRowLabels
1993 sizeGrid.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1994 }
1995 }
1996
1997 sizeinfo = GetRowSizes();
1998 for ( row = 0; row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1999 {
2000 if ( row < topLeft.GetRow() )
2001 pointOffSet.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2002 else
2003 sizeGrid.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2004 }
2005 }
2006
2007 // get render start position
2008 // if position not specified use dc draw extents MaxX and MaxY
2009 wxPoint wxGrid::GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position )
2010 {
2011 wxPoint positionRender( position );
2012
2013 if ( !positionRender.IsFullySpecified() )
2014 {
2015 if ( positionRender.x == wxDefaultPosition.x )
2016 positionRender.x = dc.MaxX();
2017
2018 if ( positionRender.y == wxDefaultPosition.y )
2019 positionRender.y = dc.MaxY();
2020 }
2021
2022 return positionRender;
2023 }
2024
2025 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
2026 // useful where there is multi cell row or col clipping and no cell border
2027 void wxGrid::DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
2028 const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
2029 const wxSize& sizeCells,
2030 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
2031 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight )
2032 {
2033 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT ) )
2034 return;
2035
2036 int bottom = pointOffSet.y + sizeCells.GetY(),
2037 right = pointOffSet.x + sizeCells.GetX() - 1;
2038
2039 // horiz top line if we are not drawing column header/labels
2040 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER ) )
2041 {
2042 int left = pointOffSet.x;
2043 left += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2044 ? - GetRowLabelSize() : 0;
2045 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( topLeft.GetRow() ) );
2046 dc.DrawLine( left,
2047 pointOffSet.y,
2048 right,
2049 pointOffSet.y );
2050 }
2051
2052 // horiz bottom line
2053 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetRow() ) );
2054 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x, bottom - 1, right, bottom - 1 );
2055
2056 // left vertical line if we are not drawing row header/labels
2057 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
2058 {
2059 int top = pointOffSet.y;
2060 top += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2061 ? - GetColLabelSize() : 0;
2062 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( topLeft.GetCol() ) );
2063 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x -1,
2064 top,
2065 pointOffSet.x - 1,
2066 bottom - 1 );
2067 }
2068
2069 // right vertical line
2070 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetCol() ) );
2071 dc.DrawLine( right, pointOffSet.y, right, bottom - 1 );
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
2075 {
2076 wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
2077 m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
2078 m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
2079 }
2080
2081 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2082 {
2083 if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
2084 SetFocus();
2085
2086 m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
2087 }
2088
2089 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
2090 {
2091 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
2092 event.Skip();
2093 }
2094
2095 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
2096 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
2097 //
2098 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
2099 {
2100 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2101 event.Skip();
2102 }
2103
2104 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
2105 {
2106 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2107 event.Skip();
2108 }
2109
2110 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
2111 {
2112 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2113 event.Skip();
2114 }
2115
2116 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
2117 {
2118 }
2119
2120 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2121 {
2122 // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
2123 // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
2124 if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
2125 {
2126 Refresh();
2127 }
2128 else
2129 {
2130 // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
2131 // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
2132 // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
2133 // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
2134 // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
2135 // branch so that it's always executed.
2136
2137 // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
2138 const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
2139 m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
2140 const wxRect cursor =
2141 m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
2142 Refresh(true, &cursor);
2143 }
2144
2145 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2146 event.Skip();
2147 }
2148
2149 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
2150 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
2151
2152 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2153
2154 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
2155 EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
2156 EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
2157 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
2158 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
2159 EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
2160 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
2161 EVT_COMMAND(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_GRID_HIDE_EDITOR, wxGrid::OnHideEditor )
2162 END_EVENT_TABLE()
2163
2164 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
2165 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
2166 long style, const wxString& name)
2167 {
2168 if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
2169 style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
2170 return false;
2171
2172 m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2173 m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2174
2175 Create();
2176 SetInitialSize(size);
2177 CalcDimensions();
2178
2179 return true;
2180 }
2181
2182 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
2183 {
2184 if ( m_winCapture )
2185 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
2186
2187 // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
2188 // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
2189 // half destroyed grid
2190 HideCellEditControl();
2191
2192 // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
2193 SetTargetWindow(this);
2194 ClearAttrCache();
2195 wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
2196
2197 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
2198 size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
2199 wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
2200 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
2201 total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
2202 total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
2203 #endif
2204
2205 // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
2206 // with dangling view pointer
2207 if ( m_ownTable )
2208 delete m_table;
2209 else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
2210 m_table->SetView(NULL);
2211
2212 delete m_typeRegistry;
2213 delete m_selection;
2214
2215 delete m_setFixedRows;
2216 delete m_setFixedCols;
2217 }
2218
2219 //
2220 // ----- internal init and update functions
2221 //
2222
2223 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
2224 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
2225 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
2226
2227 void wxGrid::Create()
2228 {
2229 // create the type registry
2230 m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
2231
2232 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
2233
2234 m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
2235
2236 // Set default cell attributes
2237 m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
2238 m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
2239 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
2240 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
2241 m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
2242 m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2243
2244 #if _USE_VISATTR
2245 wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2246 wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2247
2248 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
2249 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
2250
2251 #else
2252 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
2253 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
2254 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
2255 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
2256 #endif
2257
2258 m_numRows = 0;
2259 m_numCols = 0;
2260 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2261
2262 // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2263 m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2264 CreateColumnWindow();
2265 m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2266 m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2267
2268 SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2269
2270 #if _USE_VISATTR
2271 wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2272 wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2273 wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2274 wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2275 #else
2276 wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2277 wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2278 wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2279 wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2280 #endif
2281
2282 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2283 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2284 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2285 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2286 m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2287 m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2288
2289 m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2290 m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2291
2292 m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2293 m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2294
2295 // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2296 // row height
2297 m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2298 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2299 m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2300 #else
2301 m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2302 #endif
2303
2304 }
2305
2306 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2307 {
2308 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2309 {
2310 m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2311 m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2312 }
2313 else // draw labels ourselves
2314 {
2315 m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2316 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2317 }
2318 }
2319
2320 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2321 wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2322 {
2323 wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2324 false,
2325 wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2326
2327 return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2328 }
2329
2330 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2331 {
2332 wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2333 wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2334
2335 m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2336 }
2337
2338 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2339 {
2340 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2341 wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2342
2343 return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2344 }
2345
2346 bool
2347 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2348 bool takeOwnership,
2349 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2350 {
2351 bool checkSelection = false;
2352 if ( m_created )
2353 {
2354 // stop all processing
2355 m_created = false;
2356
2357 if (m_table)
2358 {
2359 m_table->SetView(0);
2360 if( m_ownTable )
2361 delete m_table;
2362 m_table = NULL;
2363 }
2364
2365 wxDELETE(m_selection);
2366
2367 m_ownTable = false;
2368 m_numRows = 0;
2369 m_numCols = 0;
2370 checkSelection = true;
2371
2372 // kill row and column size arrays
2373 m_colWidths.Empty();
2374 m_colRights.Empty();
2375 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2376 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2377 }
2378
2379 if (table)
2380 {
2381 m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2382 m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2383
2384 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2385 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2386
2387 m_table = table;
2388 m_table->SetView( this );
2389 m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2390 m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2391 if (checkSelection)
2392 {
2393 // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2394 // original one current cell and selection regions
2395 // might be invalid,
2396 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2397 m_currentCellCoords =
2398 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2399 wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2400 if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2401 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2402 {
2403 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2404 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2405 }
2406 else
2407 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2408 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2409 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2410 wxMin(m_numCols,
2411 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2412 }
2413 CalcDimensions();
2414
2415 m_created = true;
2416 }
2417
2418 InvalidateBestSize();
2419
2420 return m_created;
2421 }
2422
2423 void wxGrid::Init()
2424 {
2425 m_created = false;
2426
2427 m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2428 m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2429 m_colWindow = NULL;
2430 m_gridWin = NULL;
2431
2432 m_table = NULL;
2433 m_ownTable = false;
2434
2435 m_selection = NULL;
2436 m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2437 m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2438 m_winCapture = NULL;
2439
2440 m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2441 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2442
2443 m_setFixedRows =
2444 m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2445
2446 // init attr cache
2447 m_attrCache.row = -1;
2448 m_attrCache.col = -1;
2449 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2450
2451 m_labelFont = GetFont();
2452 m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2453
2454 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2455 m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2456
2457 m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2458 m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2459 m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2460
2461 m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2462 m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2463
2464 m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2465 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2466
2467 m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2468 m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2469 m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2470 m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2471 m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2472 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2473 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2474
2475 m_canDragColMove = false;
2476
2477 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2478 m_winCapture = NULL;
2479 m_canDragRowSize = true;
2480 m_canDragColSize = true;
2481 m_canDragGridSize = true;
2482 m_canDragCell = false;
2483 m_dragLastPos = -1;
2484 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2485 m_isDragging = false;
2486 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2487
2488 m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2489 m_sortIsAscending = true;
2490
2491 m_useNativeHeader =
2492 m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2493
2494 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2495
2496 m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2497 m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2498
2499 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2500
2501 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2502 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2503 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2504
2505 m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2506 m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2507
2508 m_editable = true; // default for whole grid
2509
2510 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2511 m_batchCount = 0;
2512
2513 m_extraWidth =
2514 m_extraHeight = 0;
2515
2516 // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH
2517 // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right
2518 // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly
2519 m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2520 m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2521
2522 m_tabBehaviour = Tab_Stop;
2523 }
2524
2525 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2526 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2527 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2528 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2529 // arrays at all
2530 //
2531 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2532 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2533 // this is not done currently
2534 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2535
2536 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2537 {
2538 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2539 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2540
2541 m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2542 m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2543
2544 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2545
2546 int rowBottom = 0;
2547 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2548 {
2549 rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2550 m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2551 }
2552 }
2553
2554 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2555 {
2556 m_colWidths.Empty();
2557 m_colRights.Empty();
2558
2559 m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2560 m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2561
2562 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2563
2564 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2565 {
2566 int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2567 m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2568 }
2569 }
2570
2571 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2572 {
2573 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2574 return m_defaultColWidth;
2575
2576 // a negative width indicates a hidden column
2577 return m_colWidths[col] > 0 ? m_colWidths[col] : 0;
2578 }
2579
2580 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2581 {
2582 if ( m_colRights.IsEmpty() )
2583 return GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2584
2585 return m_colRights[col] - GetColWidth(col);
2586 }
2587
2588 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2589 {
2590 return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2591 : m_colRights[col];
2592 }
2593
2594 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2595 {
2596 // no custom heights / hidden rows
2597 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2598 return m_defaultRowHeight;
2599
2600 // a negative height indicates a hidden row
2601 return m_rowHeights[row] > 0 ? m_rowHeights[row] : 0;
2602 }
2603
2604 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2605 {
2606 if ( m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() )
2607 return row * m_defaultRowHeight;
2608
2609 return m_rowBottoms[row] - GetRowHeight(row);
2610 }
2611
2612 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2613 {
2614 return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2615 : m_rowBottoms[row];
2616 }
2617
2618 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2619 {
2620 // compute the size of the scrollable area
2621 int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2622 int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2623
2624 w += m_extraWidth;
2625 h += m_extraHeight;
2626
2627 // take into account editor if shown
2628 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2629 {
2630 int w2, h2;
2631 int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2632 int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2633 int x = GetColLeft(c);
2634 int y = GetRowTop(r);
2635
2636 // how big is the editor
2637 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2638 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2639 editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2640 w2 += x;
2641 h2 += y;
2642 if ( w2 > w )
2643 w = w2;
2644 if ( h2 > h )
2645 h = h2;
2646 editor->DecRef();
2647 attr->DecRef();
2648 }
2649
2650 // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2651 int x, y;
2652 GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2653
2654 // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2655 if ( x >= w )
2656 x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2657 if ( y >= h )
2658 y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2659
2660 // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2661 m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2662 Scroll(x, y);
2663 AdjustScrollbars();
2664
2665 // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2666 // still must reposition the children
2667 CalcWindowSizes();
2668 }
2669
2670 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2671 {
2672 wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2673 sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2674 sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2675
2676 return sizeGridWin;
2677 }
2678
2679 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2680 {
2681 // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2682
2683 if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2684 return;
2685
2686 int cw, ch;
2687 GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2688
2689 // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2690 // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2691 int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2692 int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2693 if (gw < 0)
2694 gw = 0;
2695 if (gh < 0)
2696 gh = 0;
2697
2698 if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2699 m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2700
2701 if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2702 m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2703
2704 if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2705 m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2706
2707 if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2708 m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2709 }
2710
2711 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2712 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2713 //
2714 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2715 {
2716 int i;
2717 bool result = false;
2718
2719 // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2720 // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2721 ClearAttrCache();
2722
2723 // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2724 // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2725 // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2726 // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2727 // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2728 HideCellEditControl();
2729
2730 switch ( msg.GetId() )
2731 {
2732 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2733 {
2734 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2735 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2736
2737 m_numRows += numRows;
2738
2739 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2740 {
2741 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2742 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2743
2744 int bottom = 0;
2745 if ( pos > 0 )
2746 bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2747
2748 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2749 {
2750 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2751 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2752 }
2753 }
2754
2755 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2756 {
2757 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2758 // cell will be undefined...
2759 //
2760 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2761 }
2762
2763 if ( m_selection )
2764 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2765 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2766 if (attrProvider)
2767 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2768
2769 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2770 {
2771 CalcDimensions();
2772 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2773 }
2774 }
2775 result = true;
2776 break;
2777
2778 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2779 {
2780 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2781 int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2782 m_numRows += numRows;
2783
2784 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2785 {
2786 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2787 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2788
2789 int bottom = 0;
2790 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2791 bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2792
2793 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2794 {
2795 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2796 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2797 }
2798 }
2799
2800 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2801 {
2802 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2803 // cell will be undefined...
2804 //
2805 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2806 }
2807
2808 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2809 {
2810 CalcDimensions();
2811 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2812 }
2813 }
2814 result = true;
2815 break;
2816
2817 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2818 {
2819 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2820 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2821 m_numRows -= numRows;
2822
2823 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2824 {
2825 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2826 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2827
2828 int h = 0;
2829 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2830 {
2831 h += m_rowHeights[i];
2832 m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2833 }
2834 }
2835
2836 if ( !m_numRows )
2837 {
2838 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2839 }
2840 else
2841 {
2842 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2843 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2844 }
2845
2846 if ( m_selection )
2847 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2848 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2849 if (attrProvider)
2850 {
2851 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2852
2853 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2854 #if 0
2855 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2856 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2857 // all column attributes.
2858 // I hate to do this here, but the
2859 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2860 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2861 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2862 #endif
2863 }
2864
2865 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2866 {
2867 CalcDimensions();
2868 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2869 }
2870 }
2871 result = true;
2872 break;
2873
2874 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2875 {
2876 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2877 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2878 m_numCols += numCols;
2879
2880 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2881 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2882
2883 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2884 {
2885 //Shift the column IDs
2886 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2887 {
2888 if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2889 m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2890 }
2891
2892 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2893
2894 //Set the new columns' positions
2895 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2896 {
2897 m_colAt[i] = i;
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2902 {
2903 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2904 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2905
2906 int right = 0;
2907 if ( pos > 0 )
2908 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2909
2910 int colPos;
2911 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2912 {
2913 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2914
2915 right += m_colWidths[i];
2916 m_colRights[i] = right;
2917 }
2918 }
2919
2920 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2921 {
2922 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2923 // cell will be undefined...
2924 //
2925 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2926 }
2927
2928 if ( m_selection )
2929 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2930 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2931 if (attrProvider)
2932 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2933 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2934 {
2935 CalcDimensions();
2936 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2937 }
2938 }
2939 result = true;
2940 break;
2941
2942 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2943 {
2944 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2945 int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2946 m_numCols += numCols;
2947
2948 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2949 {
2950 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2951
2952 //Set the new columns' positions
2953 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2954 {
2955 m_colAt[i] = i;
2956 }
2957 }
2958
2959 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2960 {
2961 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2962 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2963
2964 int right = 0;
2965 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2966 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2967
2968 int colPos;
2969 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2970 {
2971 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2972
2973 right += m_colWidths[i];
2974 m_colRights[i] = right;
2975 }
2976 }
2977
2978 // Notice that this must be called after updating m_colWidths above
2979 // as the native grid control will check whether the new columns
2980 // are shown which results in accessing m_colWidths array.
2981 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2982 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2983
2984 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2985 {
2986 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2987 // cell will be undefined...
2988 //
2989 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2990 }
2991 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2992 {
2993 CalcDimensions();
2994 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2995 }
2996 }
2997 result = true;
2998 break;
2999
3000 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
3001 {
3002 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
3003 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
3004 m_numCols -= numCols;
3005 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3006 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
3007
3008 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
3009 {
3010 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
3011
3012 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3013
3014 //Shift the column IDs
3015 int colPos;
3016 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3017 {
3018 if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
3019 m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
3020 }
3021 }
3022
3023 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
3024 {
3025 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3026 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3027
3028 int w = 0;
3029 int colPos;
3030 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3031 {
3032 i = GetColAt( colPos );
3033
3034 w += m_colWidths[i];
3035 m_colRights[i] = w;
3036 }
3037 }
3038
3039 if ( !m_numCols )
3040 {
3041 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3042 }
3043 else
3044 {
3045 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
3046 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
3047 }
3048
3049 if ( m_selection )
3050 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3051 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
3052 if (attrProvider)
3053 {
3054 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3055
3056 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
3057 #if 0
3058 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
3059 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
3060 // all row attributes.
3061 // I hate to do this here, but the
3062 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
3063 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
3064 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
3065 #endif
3066 }
3067
3068 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
3069 {
3070 CalcDimensions();
3071 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3072 }
3073 }
3074 result = true;
3075 break;
3076 }
3077
3078 InvalidateBestSize();
3079
3080 if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
3081 m_gridWin->Refresh();
3082
3083 return result;
3084 }
3085
3086 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3087 {
3088 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3089 wxRect r;
3090
3091 wxArrayInt rowlabels;
3092
3093 int top, bottom;
3094 while ( iter )
3095 {
3096 r = iter.GetRect();
3097
3098 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3099 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3100 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3101 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3102 //
3103 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3104 int cw, ch;
3105 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3106 if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
3107 r.SetTop( 0 );
3108 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3109 #endif
3110
3111 // logical bounds of update region
3112 //
3113 int dummy;
3114 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
3115 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
3116
3117 // find the row labels within these bounds
3118 //
3119 int row;
3120 for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3121 {
3122 if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
3123 continue;
3124
3125 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3126 break;
3127
3128 rowlabels.Add( row );
3129 }
3130
3131 ++iter;
3132 }
3133
3134 return rowlabels;
3135 }
3136
3137 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3138 {
3139 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3140 wxRect r;
3141
3142 wxArrayInt colLabels;
3143
3144 int left, right;
3145 while ( iter )
3146 {
3147 r = iter.GetRect();
3148
3149 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3150 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3151 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3152 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3153 //
3154 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3155 int cw, ch;
3156 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3157 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
3158 r.SetLeft( 0 );
3159 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3160 #endif
3161
3162 // logical bounds of update region
3163 //
3164 int dummy;
3165 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
3166 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
3167
3168 // find the cells within these bounds
3169 //
3170 int col;
3171 int colPos;
3172 for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3173 {
3174 col = GetColAt( colPos );
3175
3176 if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
3177 continue;
3178
3179 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
3180 break;
3181
3182 colLabels.Add( col );
3183 }
3184
3185 ++iter;
3186 }
3187
3188 return colLabels;
3189 }
3190
3191 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3192 {
3193 wxRect r;
3194
3195 wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed;
3196
3197 int left, top, right, bottom;
3198 for ( wxRegionIterator iter(reg); iter; ++iter )
3199 {
3200 r = iter.GetRect();
3201
3202 // Skip 0-height cells, they're invisible anyhow, don't waste time
3203 // getting their rectangles and so on.
3204 if ( !r.GetHeight() )
3205 continue;
3206
3207 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3208 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3209 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3210 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3211 //
3212 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3213 int cw, ch;
3214 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3215 if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
3216 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
3217 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3218 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3219 #endif
3220
3221 // logical bounds of update region
3222 //
3223 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
3224 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
3225
3226 // find the cells within these bounds
3227 wxArrayInt cols;
3228 for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3229 {
3230 if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
3231 continue;
3232
3233 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3234 break;
3235
3236 // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
3237 // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
3238 // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
3239 if ( cols.empty() )
3240 {
3241 // do determine the dirty columns
3242 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
3243 cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
3244
3245 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
3246 if ( cols.empty() )
3247 break;
3248 }
3249
3250 const size_t count = cols.size();
3251 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3252 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
3253 }
3254 }
3255
3256 return cellsExposed;
3257 }
3258
3259
3260 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3261 {
3262 int x, y, row;
3263 wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3264 CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3265
3266 if ( event.Dragging() )
3267 {
3268 if (!m_isDragging)
3269 {
3270 m_isDragging = true;
3271 m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
3272 }
3273
3274 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3275 {
3276 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3277 {
3278 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3279 {
3280 int cw, ch, left, dummy;
3281 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3282 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
3283
3284 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3285 PrepareDC( dc );
3286 y = wxMax( y,
3287 GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3288 GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3289 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3290 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3291 {
3292 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3293 }
3294 dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3295 m_dragLastPos = y;
3296 }
3297 break;
3298
3299 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3300 {
3301 if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3302 {
3303 if ( m_selection )
3304 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3305 }
3306 }
3307 break;
3308
3309 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3310 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3311 default:
3312 break;
3313 }
3314 }
3315 return;
3316 }
3317
3318 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3319 return;
3320
3321 if (m_isDragging)
3322 {
3323 if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3324 m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3325 m_isDragging = false;
3326 }
3327
3328 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3329 //
3330 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3331 {
3332 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3333 }
3334
3335 // ------------ Left button pressed
3336 //
3337 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3338 {
3339 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3340 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3341 {
3342 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3343 }
3344 else // not a request to start resizing
3345 {
3346 row = YToRow(y);
3347 if ( row >= 0 &&
3348 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3349 {
3350 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3351 ClearSelection();
3352 if ( m_selection )
3353 {
3354 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3355 {
3356 m_selection->SelectBlock
3357 (
3358 m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3359 row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3360 event
3361 );
3362 }
3363 else
3364 {
3365 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3366 }
3367 }
3368
3369 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3370 }
3371 }
3372 }
3373
3374 // ------------ Left double click
3375 //
3376 else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3377 {
3378 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3379 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3380 {
3381 // adjust row height depending on label text
3382 //
3383 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3384 AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3385
3386 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3387
3388 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3389 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3390 }
3391 else // not on row separator or it's not resizable
3392 {
3393 row = YToRow(y);
3394 if ( row >=0 &&
3395 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3396 {
3397 // no default action at the moment
3398 }
3399 }
3400 }
3401
3402 // ------------ Left button released
3403 //
3404 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3405 {
3406 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3407 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3408
3409 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3410 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3411 }
3412
3413 // ------------ Right button down
3414 //
3415 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3416 {
3417 row = YToRow(y);
3418 if ( row >=0 &&
3419 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3420 {
3421 // no default action at the moment
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 // ------------ Right double click
3426 //
3427 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3428 {
3429 row = YToRow(y);
3430 if ( row >= 0 &&
3431 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3432 {
3433 // no default action at the moment
3434 }
3435 }
3436
3437 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3438 //
3439 else if ( event.Moving() )
3440 {
3441 m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3442 if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3443 {
3444 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3445 {
3446 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3447 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3448 }
3449 }
3450 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3451 {
3452 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3453 }
3454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3458 {
3459 wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3460
3461 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3462 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3463 else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3464 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3465 //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3466 }
3467
3468 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3469 {
3470 if ( col == m_sortCol )
3471 {
3472 // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3473 // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3474 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3475 {
3476 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3477
3478 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3479 }
3480 }
3481 else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3482 {
3483 const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3484
3485 // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3486 // to return the correct new value
3487 m_sortCol = col;
3488
3489 if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3490 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3491
3492 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3493 {
3494 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3495 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3496 }
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3501 {
3502 // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3503 // not vetoed
3504 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3505 {
3506 SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3507 Refresh();
3508 }
3509 }
3510
3511 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3512 {
3513 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3514 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3515 DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3516 }
3517
3518 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3519 {
3520 int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3521 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3522 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3523
3524 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3525 PrepareDC( dc );
3526
3527 x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3528 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3529 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3530 {
3531 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3532 }
3533 dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3534 m_dragLastPos = x;
3535 }
3536
3537 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3538 {
3539 DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3540 }
3541
3542 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3543 {
3544 int x;
3545 CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.GetPosition().x, 0, &x, NULL );
3546
3547 int col = XToCol(x);
3548 if ( event.Dragging() )
3549 {
3550 if (!m_isDragging)
3551 {
3552 m_isDragging = true;
3553 GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3554
3555 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3556 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3557 }
3558
3559 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3560 {
3561 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3562 {
3563 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3564 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3565 break;
3566
3567 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3568 {
3569 if ( col != -1 )
3570 {
3571 if ( m_selection )
3572 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3573 }
3574 }
3575 break;
3576
3577 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3578 {
3579 int posNew = XToPos(x);
3580 int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3581
3582 // determine the position of the drop marker
3583 int markerX;
3584 if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3585 markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3586 else
3587 markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3588
3589 if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3590 {
3591 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3592 DoPrepareDC(dc);
3593
3594 int cw, ch;
3595 GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3596
3597 markerX++;
3598
3599 //Clean up the last indicator
3600 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3601 {
3602 wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3603 dc.SetPen(pen);
3604 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3605 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3606
3607 if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3608 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3609 }
3610
3611 const wxColour *color;
3612 //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3613 if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3614 color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3615 else
3616 color = wxBLUE;
3617
3618 //Draw the marker
3619 wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3620 dc.SetPen(pen);
3621
3622 dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3623
3624 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3625
3626 m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3627 }
3628 }
3629 break;
3630
3631 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3632 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3633 default:
3634 break;
3635 }
3636 }
3637 return;
3638 }
3639
3640 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3641 return;
3642
3643 if (m_isDragging)
3644 {
3645 if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3646 GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3647 m_isDragging = false;
3648 }
3649
3650 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3651 //
3652 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3653 {
3654 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3655 }
3656
3657 // ------------ Left button pressed
3658 //
3659 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3660 {
3661 int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3662 if ( colEdge != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(colEdge) )
3663 {
3664 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3665 }
3666 else // not a request to start resizing
3667 {
3668 if ( col >= 0 &&
3669 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3670 {
3671 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3672 {
3673 //Show button as pressed
3674 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3675 int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3676 int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3677 dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3678 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3679 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3680
3681 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3682 }
3683 else
3684 {
3685 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3686 ClearSelection();
3687 if ( m_selection )
3688 {
3689 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3690 {
3691 m_selection->SelectBlock
3692 (
3693 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3694 GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3695 event
3696 );
3697 }
3698 else
3699 {
3700 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3701 }
3702 }
3703
3704 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3705 }
3706 }
3707 }
3708 }
3709
3710 // ------------ Left double click
3711 //
3712 if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3713 {
3714 const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3715 if ( colEdge == -1 )
3716 {
3717 if ( col >= 0 &&
3718 ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3719 {
3720 // no default action at the moment
3721 }
3722 }
3723 else
3724 {
3725 // adjust column width depending on label text
3726 //
3727 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3728 if ( !SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event) )
3729 AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3730
3731 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3732
3733 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3734 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3735 }
3736 }
3737
3738 // ------------ Left button released
3739 //
3740 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3741 {
3742 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3743 {
3744 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3745 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3746 break;
3747
3748 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3749 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3750 {
3751 // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3752 if ( col != -1 )
3753 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3754 m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column
3755 }
3756 else
3757 {
3758 // get the position of the column we're over
3759 int pos = XToPos(x);
3760
3761 // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3762 // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3763 if ( pos > 1 )
3764 {
3765 // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3766 // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3767 // we need a valid one here
3768 const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3769
3770 // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3771 // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3772 // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3773 bool onNearPart;
3774 const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3775 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3776 if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3777 onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3778 else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3779 onNearPart = (x > middle);
3780
3781 if ( onNearPart )
3782 pos--;
3783 }
3784
3785 DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3786 }
3787 break;
3788
3789 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3790 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3791 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3792 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3793 if ( col != -1 )
3794 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3795 break;
3796 }
3797
3798 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3799 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3800 }
3801
3802 // ------------ Right button down
3803 //
3804 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3805 {
3806 if ( col >= 0 &&
3807 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3808 {
3809 // no default action at the moment
3810 }
3811 }
3812
3813 // ------------ Right double click
3814 //
3815 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3816 {
3817 if ( col >= 0 &&
3818 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3819 {
3820 // no default action at the moment
3821 }
3822 }
3823
3824 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3825 //
3826 else if ( event.Moving() )
3827 {
3828 m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3829 if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3830 {
3831 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3832 {
3833 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3834 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3835 }
3836 }
3837 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3838 {
3839 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3840 }
3841 }
3842 }
3843
3844 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3845 {
3846 if ( event.LeftDown() )
3847 {
3848 // indicate corner label by having both row and
3849 // col args == -1
3850 //
3851 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3852 {
3853 SelectAll();
3854 }
3855 }
3856 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3857 {
3858 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3859 }
3860 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3861 {
3862 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3863 {
3864 // no default action at the moment
3865 }
3866 }
3867 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3868 {
3869 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3870 {
3871 // no default action at the moment
3872 }
3873 }
3874 }
3875
3876 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3877 {
3878 // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3879 if ( m_winCapture )
3880 {
3881 m_isDragging = false;
3882 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3883
3884 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3885 m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3886 m_winCapture = NULL;
3887
3888 // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3889 Refresh();
3890 }
3891 }
3892
3893 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3894 wxWindow *win,
3895 bool captureMouse)
3896 {
3897 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3898 static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3899 {
3900 wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3901 wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3902 wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3903 wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3904 wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3905 wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3906 };
3907
3908 wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3909 wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3910 win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3911 : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3912 : wxT("gridWin"),
3913 cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3914 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3915
3916 if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3917 win == m_winCapture &&
3918 captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3919 return;
3920
3921 if ( !win )
3922 {
3923 // by default use the grid itself
3924 win = m_gridWin;
3925 }
3926
3927 if ( m_winCapture )
3928 {
3929 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3930 m_winCapture = NULL;
3931 }
3932
3933 m_cursorMode = mode;
3934
3935 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3936 {
3937 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3938 win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3939 break;
3940
3941 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3942 win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3943 break;
3944
3945 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3946 win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3947 break;
3948
3949 default:
3950 win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3951 break;
3952 }
3953
3954 // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3955 bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3956 m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3957
3958 if ( captureMouse && resize )
3959 {
3960 win->CaptureMouse();
3961 m_winCapture = win;
3962 }
3963 }
3964
3965 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3966 // grid mouse event processing
3967 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3968
3969 bool
3970 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3971 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3972 bool isFirstDrag)
3973 {
3974 bool performDefault = true ;
3975
3976 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3977 return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell
3978
3979 // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3980 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3981 {
3982 HideCellEditControl();
3983 SaveEditControlValue();
3984 }
3985
3986 switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3987 {
3988 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
3989 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3990 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3991 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3992 break;
3993
3994 case wxMOD_NONE:
3995 if ( CanDragCell() )
3996 {
3997 if ( isFirstDrag )
3998 {
3999 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
4000 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4001
4002 // if event is handled by user code, no further processing
4003 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 )
4004 performDefault = false;
4005
4006 return performDefault;
4007 }
4008 }
4009
4010 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
4011 break;
4012
4013 default:
4014 // we don't handle the other key modifiers
4015 event.Skip();
4016 }
4017
4018 return performDefault;
4019 }
4020
4021 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
4022 {
4023 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4024 PrepareDC(dc);
4025 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4026
4027 const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
4028 m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
4029
4030 // erase the previously drawn line, if any
4031 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4032 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4033
4034 // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
4035 m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
4036
4037 // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
4038 const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
4039 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4040 if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
4041 m_dragLastPos = posMin;
4042
4043 // and draw it at the new position
4044 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4045 }
4046
4047 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4048 {
4049 if ( !m_isDragging )
4050 {
4051 // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
4052 // enough
4053 const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
4054 if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
4055 {
4056 m_startDragPos = pt;
4057 return;
4058 }
4059
4060 if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
4061 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
4062 return;
4063 }
4064
4065 const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
4066 m_isDragging = true;
4067
4068 switch ( m_cursorMode )
4069 {
4070 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
4071 // no further handling if handled by user
4072 if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false )
4073 return;
4074 break;
4075
4076 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4077 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
4078 break;
4079
4080 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
4081 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
4082 break;
4083
4084 default:
4085 event.Skip();
4086 }
4087
4088 if ( isFirstDrag )
4089 {
4090 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
4091
4092 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
4093 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
4094 }
4095 }
4096
4097 void
4098 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
4099 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4100 const wxPoint& pos)
4101 {
4102 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
4103 {
4104 // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
4105 return;
4106 }
4107
4108 if ( !event.CmdDown() )
4109 ClearSelection();
4110
4111 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4112 {
4113 if ( m_selection )
4114 {
4115 m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
4116 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4120 {
4121 DisableCellEditControl();
4122 MakeCellVisible( coords );
4123
4124 if ( event.CmdDown() )
4125 {
4126 if ( m_selection )
4127 {
4128 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
4129 }
4130
4131 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4132 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4133 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4134 }
4135 else
4136 {
4137 if ( m_selection )
4138 {
4139 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
4140 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
4141 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
4142 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
4143 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4144 {
4145 case wxGridSelectCells:
4146 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4147 // nothing to do in these cases
4148 break;
4149
4150 case wxGridSelectRows:
4151 m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
4152 break;
4153
4154 case wxGridSelectColumns:
4155 m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
4156 break;
4157 }
4158 }
4159
4160 m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
4161 coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
4162 SetCurrentCell( coords );
4163 }
4164 }
4165 }
4166
4167 void
4168 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
4169 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4170 const wxPoint& pos)
4171 {
4172 if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4173 {
4174 if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
4175 {
4176 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
4177 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
4178 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
4179 }
4180 }
4181 }
4182
4183 void
4184 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4185 {
4186 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4187 {
4188 if (m_winCapture)
4189 {
4190 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4191 m_winCapture = NULL;
4192 }
4193
4194 if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
4195 {
4196 ClearSelection();
4197 EnableCellEditControl();
4198
4199 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
4200 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
4201 editor->StartingClick();
4202 editor->DecRef();
4203 attr->DecRef();
4204
4205 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4206 }
4207 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4208 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4209 {
4210 if ( m_selection )
4211 {
4212 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4213 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4214 event );
4215 }
4216
4217 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4218 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4219
4220 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
4221 // drag-shrinking.
4222 ShowCellEditControl();
4223 }
4224 }
4225 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4226 {
4227 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4228 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
4229 }
4230 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
4231 {
4232 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4233 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
4234 }
4235
4236 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4237 }
4238
4239 void
4240 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
4241 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4242 const wxPoint& pos)
4243 {
4244 if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
4245 {
4246 // out of grid cell area
4247 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4248 return;
4249 }
4250
4251 int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
4252 int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
4253
4254 // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
4255 // directions is not implemented yet...
4256 //
4257 if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
4258 {
4259 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4260 return;
4261 }
4262
4263 if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
4264 {
4265 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4266 {
4267 m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
4268 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
4269 }
4270 }
4271 // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
4272 // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
4273 // column resizing mode programmatically
4274 else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
4275 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
4276 {
4277 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4278 {
4279 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
4280 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
4281 }
4282 }
4283 else // Neither on a row or col edge
4284 {
4285 if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4286 {
4287 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4288 }
4289 }
4290 }
4291
4292 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
4293 {
4294 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4295 {
4296 // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4297 // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4298 event.Skip();
4299 return;
4300 }
4301
4302 const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4303
4304 // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4305 wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4306
4307 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4308 GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4309 if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4310 {
4311 coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4312 coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4313 }
4314
4315 if ( event.Dragging() )
4316 {
4317 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4318 DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4319 else
4320 event.Skip();
4321 return;
4322 }
4323
4324 m_isDragging = false;
4325 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4326
4327 // deal with various button presses
4328 if ( event.IsButton() )
4329 {
4330 if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4331 {
4332 DisableCellEditControl();
4333
4334 if ( event.LeftDown() )
4335 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4336 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4337 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4338 else if ( event.RightDown() )
4339 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4340 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4341 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4342 }
4343
4344 // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4345 if ( event.LeftUp() )
4346 {
4347 DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4348 }
4349 }
4350 else if ( event.Moving() )
4351 {
4352 DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4353 }
4354 else // unknown mouse event?
4355 {
4356 event.Skip();
4357 }
4358 }
4359
4360 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4361 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4362 {
4363 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4364 return false;
4365
4366 const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4367
4368 const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4369
4370 const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4371
4372 // erase the last line we drew
4373 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4374 PrepareDC(dc);
4375 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4376
4377 const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4378 const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4379
4380 oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4381
4382 // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4383 HideCellEditControl();
4384 SaveEditControlValue();
4385
4386 // do resize the line
4387 const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4388 const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4389 oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4390 wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4391 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4392 const bool
4393 sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4394
4395 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4396
4397 // refresh now if we're not frozen
4398 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4399 {
4400 // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4401 // window
4402
4403 // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4404 wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4405 rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4406
4407 // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4408 // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4409 oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4410
4411 wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4412 oper.MakeSize
4413 (
4414 oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4415 doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4416 ));
4417
4418 oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4419
4420
4421 // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4422 if ( m_table )
4423 {
4424 oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4425
4426 int subtractLines = 0;
4427 int line = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4428 if ( line >= 0 )
4429 {
4430 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4431 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4432 // part of it is affected
4433 const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4434 for ( ; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4435 {
4436 int cellLines = oper.Select(
4437 GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4438 if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4439 subtractLines = cellLines;
4440 }
4441 }
4442
4443 int startPos =
4444 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4445 startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4446
4447 doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4448 doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4449
4450 m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4451 }
4452 }
4453
4454 // show the edit control back again
4455 ShowCellEditControl();
4456
4457 return sizeChanged;
4458 }
4459
4460 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4461 {
4462 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4463
4464 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4465 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4466 }
4467
4468 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4469 {
4470 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4471
4472 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4473 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4474 }
4475
4476 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4477 {
4478 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4479 }
4480
4481 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4482 {
4483 wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4484
4485 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4486 SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4487 //else: vetoed by user
4488
4489 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4490 }
4491
4492 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4493 {
4494 // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4495 // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4496 // same and it's easy to do
4497 if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4498 {
4499 int colRight = 0;
4500 for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4501 {
4502 int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4503
4504 colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4505 m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4506 }
4507 }
4508
4509 // and make the changes visible
4510 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4511 {
4512 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4513 GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4514 else
4515 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4516 }
4517 else
4518 {
4519 m_colWindow->Refresh();
4520 }
4521 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4522 }
4523
4524 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4525 {
4526 m_colAt = order;
4527
4528 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4529 }
4530
4531 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4532 {
4533 // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4534 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4535 {
4536 m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4537 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4538 m_colAt.push_back(i);
4539 }
4540
4541 wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4542
4543 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4544 }
4545
4546 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4547 {
4548 m_colAt.clear();
4549
4550 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4551 }
4552
4553 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4554 {
4555 if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4556 return;
4557
4558 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4559 {
4560 // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4561 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4562 }
4563
4564 m_canDragColMove = enable;
4565
4566 // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4567 // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4568 // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4569 // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4570 }
4571
4572
4573 //
4574 // ------ interaction with data model
4575 //
4576 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4577 {
4578 switch ( msg.GetId() )
4579 {
4580 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4581 return GetModelValues();
4582
4583 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4584 return SetModelValues();
4585
4586 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4587 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4588 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4589 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4590 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4591 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4592 return Redimension( msg );
4593
4594 default:
4595 return false;
4596 }
4597 }
4598
4599 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4600 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4601 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4602 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4603 //
4604 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4605 {
4606 if ( m_table )
4607 {
4608 if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4609 DisableCellEditControl();
4610
4611 m_table->Clear();
4612 if (!GetBatchCount())
4613 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4614 }
4615 }
4616
4617 bool
4618 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4619 int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4620 {
4621 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4622
4623 if ( !m_table )
4624 return false;
4625
4626 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4627 DisableCellEditControl();
4628
4629 return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4630
4631 // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4632 // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4633 }
4634
4635 bool
4636 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4637 int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4638 {
4639 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4640
4641 if ( !m_table )
4642 return false;
4643
4644 return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4645 }
4646
4647 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4648 // event generation helpers
4649 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4650
4651 bool
4652 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4653 int row, int col,
4654 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4655 {
4656 int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4657
4658 wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4659 type,
4660 this,
4661 rowOrCol,
4662 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4663 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4664 mouseEv);
4665
4666 return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4667 }
4668
4669 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4670 // -1 if the event was vetoed
4671 // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4672 // 0 if the event wasn't handled
4673 int
4674 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4675 int row, int col,
4676 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4677 {
4678 bool claimed, vetoed;
4679
4680 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4681 {
4682 // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4683 wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4684 type,
4685 this,
4686 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4687 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4688 true,
4689 mouseEv);
4690
4691 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4692 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4693 }
4694 else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4695 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4696 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4697 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4698 {
4699 wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4700
4701 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4702 pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4703 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4704 pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4705
4706 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4707 type,
4708 this,
4709 row, col,
4710 pos.x,
4711 pos.y,
4712 false,
4713 mouseEv);
4714 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4715 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4716 }
4717 else
4718 {
4719 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4720 type,
4721 this,
4722 row, col,
4723 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4724 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4725 false,
4726 mouseEv);
4727
4728 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG )
4729 {
4730 // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must
4731 // explicitly allow the event for it to take place
4732 gridEvt.Veto();
4733 }
4734
4735 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4736 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4737 }
4738
4739 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4740 if (vetoed)
4741 return -1;
4742
4743 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4744 }
4745
4746 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4747 //
4748 int
4749 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4750 {
4751 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4752 gridEvt.SetString(s);
4753
4754 const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4755
4756 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4757 if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4758 return -1;
4759
4760 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4761 }
4762
4763 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4764 {
4765 // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4766 wxPaintDC dc(this);
4767 }
4768
4769 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4770 {
4771 // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4772 // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4773 if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4774 {
4775 // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4776 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4777
4778 if (rect)
4779 {
4780 int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4781 int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4782 int x, y;
4783
4784 // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4785 rect_x = rect->GetX();
4786 rect_y = rect->GetY();
4787 rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4788 rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4789
4790 width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4791 if (width_label > rectWidth)
4792 width_label = rectWidth;
4793
4794 height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4795 if (height_label > rectHeight)
4796 height_label = rectHeight;
4797
4798 if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4799 {
4800 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4801 width_cell = rectWidth;
4802 }
4803 else
4804 {
4805 x = 0;
4806 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4807 }
4808
4809 if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4810 {
4811 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4812 height_cell = rectHeight;
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 y = 0;
4817 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4818 }
4819
4820 // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4821 if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4822 {
4823 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4824 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4825 }
4826
4827 // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4828 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4829 {
4830 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4831 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4832 }
4833
4834 // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4835 if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4836 {
4837 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4838 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4839 }
4840
4841 // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4842 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4843 {
4844 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4845 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4846 }
4847 }
4848 else
4849 {
4850 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4851 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4852 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4853 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4854 }
4855 }
4856 }
4857
4858 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4859 {
4860 if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4861 {
4862 // reposition our children windows
4863 CalcWindowSizes();
4864 }
4865 }
4866
4867 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4868 {
4869 if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4870 {
4871 // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4872 //
4873 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4874 }
4875
4876 m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4877
4878 // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4879 wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4880 wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4881 keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4882
4883 if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4884 {
4885 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4886 {
4887 if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4888 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4889 else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4890 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4891 }
4892
4893 // try local handlers
4894 switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4895 {
4896 case WXK_UP:
4897 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4898 MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4899 else
4900 MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4901 break;
4902
4903 case WXK_DOWN:
4904 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4905 MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4906 else
4907 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4908 break;
4909
4910 case WXK_LEFT:
4911 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4912 MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4913 else
4914 MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4915 break;
4916
4917 case WXK_RIGHT:
4918 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4919 MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4920 else
4921 MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4922 break;
4923
4924 case WXK_RETURN:
4925 case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4926 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4927 {
4928 event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return
4929 }
4930 else
4931 {
4932 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4933 {
4934 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4935 }
4936 else
4937 {
4938 // at the bottom of a column
4939 DisableCellEditControl();
4940 }
4941 }
4942 break;
4943
4944 case WXK_ESCAPE:
4945 ClearSelection();
4946 break;
4947
4948 case WXK_TAB:
4949 {
4950 // send an event to the grid's parents for custom handling
4951 wxGridEvent gridEvt(GetId(), wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, this,
4952 GetGridCursorRow(), GetGridCursorCol(),
4953 -1, -1, false, event);
4954 if ( ProcessWindowEvent(gridEvt) )
4955 {
4956 // the event has been handled so no need for more processing
4957 break;
4958 }
4959 }
4960 DoGridProcessTab( event );
4961 break;
4962
4963 case WXK_HOME:
4964 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4965 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4966 0);
4967 break;
4968
4969 case WXK_END:
4970 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4971 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4972 m_numCols - 1);
4973 break;
4974
4975 case WXK_PAGEUP:
4976 MovePageUp();
4977 break;
4978
4979 case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4980 MovePageDown();
4981 break;
4982
4983 case WXK_SPACE:
4984 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4985 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4986 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4987 {
4988 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4989 m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4990 break;
4991
4992 case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4993 m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4994 break;
4995
4996 case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4997 m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4998 m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
4999 break;
5000
5001 case wxMOD_NONE:
5002 if ( !IsEditable() )
5003 {
5004 MoveCursorRight(false);
5005 break;
5006 }
5007 //else: fall through
5008
5009 default:
5010 event.Skip();
5011 }
5012 break;
5013
5014 default:
5015 event.Skip();
5016 break;
5017 }
5018 }
5019
5020 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
5021 }
5022
5023 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
5024 {
5025 // try local handlers
5026 //
5027 if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
5028 {
5029 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5030 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5031 {
5032 if ( m_selection )
5033 {
5034 m_selection->SelectBlock(
5035 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
5036 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
5037 event);
5038 }
5039 }
5040
5041 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5042 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5043 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5044 }
5045 }
5046
5047 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
5048 {
5049 // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
5050 if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
5051 {
5052 // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
5053 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5054 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5055 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5056 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5057
5058 // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
5059 // other keys - ask the editor itself
5060 if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
5061 || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
5062 {
5063 // ensure cell is visble
5064 MakeCellVisible(row, col);
5065 EnableCellEditControl();
5066
5067 // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
5068 // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
5069 // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
5070 // crash the app
5071 if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5072 editor->StartingKey(event);
5073 }
5074 else
5075 {
5076 event.Skip();
5077 }
5078
5079 editor->DecRef();
5080 attr->DecRef();
5081 }
5082 else
5083 {
5084 event.Skip();
5085 }
5086 }
5087
5088 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
5089 {
5090 }
5091
5092 void wxGrid::DoGridProcessTab(wxKeyboardState& kbdState)
5093 {
5094 const bool isForwardTab = !kbdState.ShiftDown();
5095
5096 // TAB processing only changes when we are at the borders of the grid, so
5097 // let's first handle the common behaviour when we are not at the border.
5098 if ( isForwardTab )
5099 {
5100 if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
5101 {
5102 MoveCursorRight( false );
5103 return;
5104 }
5105 }
5106 else // going back
5107 {
5108 if ( GetGridCursorCol() )
5109 {
5110 MoveCursorLeft( false );
5111 return;
5112 }
5113 }
5114
5115
5116 // We only get here if the cursor is at the border of the grid, apply the
5117 // configured behaviour.
5118 switch ( m_tabBehaviour )
5119 {
5120 case Tab_Stop:
5121 // Nothing special to do, we remain at the current cell.
5122 break;
5123
5124 case Tab_Wrap:
5125 // Go to the beginning of the next or the end of the previous row.
5126 if ( isForwardTab )
5127 {
5128 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows() - 1 )
5129 {
5130 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() + 1, 0 );
5131 return;
5132 }
5133 }
5134 else
5135 {
5136 if ( GetGridCursorRow() > 0 )
5137 {
5138 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() - 1, GetNumberCols() - 1 );
5139 return;
5140 }
5141 }
5142 break;
5143
5144 case Tab_Leave:
5145 if ( Navigate( isForwardTab ? wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward
5146 : wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward ) )
5147 return;
5148 break;
5149 }
5150
5151 // If we remain in this cell, stop editing it if we were doing so.
5152 DisableCellEditControl();
5153 }
5154
5155 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5156 {
5157 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
5158 {
5159 // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
5160 return false;
5161 }
5162
5163 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5164 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5165 PrepareDC( dc );
5166 #endif
5167
5168 if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5169 {
5170 DisableCellEditControl();
5171
5172 if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5173 {
5174 wxRect r;
5175 r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
5176 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5177 {
5178 r.x--;
5179 r.y--;
5180 r.width++;
5181 r.height++;
5182 }
5183
5184 wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
5185
5186 // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
5187 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5188
5189 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
5190 m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
5191 #else
5192 DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
5193 DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
5194 #endif
5195 }
5196 }
5197
5198 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5199
5200 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
5201 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5202 DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
5203 #endif
5204 attr->DecRef();
5205
5206 return true;
5207 }
5208
5209 void
5210 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
5211 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5212 {
5213 MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
5214 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5215
5216 if ( m_selection )
5217 {
5218 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
5219 {
5220 default:
5221 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
5222 // fall through
5223
5224 case wxGridSelectCells:
5225 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
5226 // coordinates as is
5227 break;
5228
5229 case wxGridSelectRows:
5230 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
5231 // full rows
5232 leftCol = 0;
5233 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
5234 break;
5235
5236 case wxGridSelectColumns:
5237 // same as above but for columns
5238 topRow = 0;
5239 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
5240 break;
5241
5242 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
5243 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
5244 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
5245 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
5246 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
5247 // not useful)
5248 return;
5249 }
5250 }
5251
5252 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
5253 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
5254
5255 wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
5256 updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5257
5258 // First the case that we selected a completely new area
5259 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
5260 m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5261 {
5262 wxRect rect;
5263 rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
5264 wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
5265 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5266 }
5267
5268 // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
5269 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
5270 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
5271 {
5272 // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
5273 // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
5274 // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
5275 wxRect rect[4];
5276 bool need_refresh[4];
5277 need_refresh[0] =
5278 need_refresh[1] =
5279 need_refresh[2] =
5280 need_refresh[3] = false;
5281 int i;
5282
5283 // Store intermediate values
5284 wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
5285 wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
5286 wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
5287 wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
5288
5289 // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
5290 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
5291 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
5292 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
5293 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
5294
5295 // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
5296 // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
5297 // is contained in the other.
5298
5299 if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
5300 {
5301 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5302 // area to the left of the old or new selection.
5303 need_refresh[0] = true;
5304 rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5305 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ),
5306 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
5307 }
5308
5309 if ( oldTop < topRow )
5310 {
5311 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5312 // area above the old or new selection.
5313 need_refresh[1] = true;
5314 rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5315 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
5316 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
5317 }
5318
5319 if ( oldRight > rightCol )
5320 {
5321 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5322 // area to the right of the old or new selection.
5323 need_refresh[2] = true;
5324 rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5325 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
5326 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
5327 }
5328
5329 if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
5330 {
5331 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5332 // area below the old or new selection.
5333 need_refresh[3] = true;
5334 rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5335 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
5336 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
5337 }
5338
5339 // various Refresh() calls
5340 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
5341 if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
5342 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
5343 }
5344
5345 // change selection
5346 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
5347 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
5348 }
5349
5350 //
5351 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
5352 //
5353
5354 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5355 {
5356 // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5357 HideCellEditControl();
5358
5359 if ( m_table )
5360 {
5361 // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5362 //
5363 m_gridWin->Refresh();
5364 return true;
5365 }
5366
5367 return false;
5368 }
5369
5370 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5371 {
5372 int row, col;
5373
5374 // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5375 // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5376 // I think so ...
5377 DisableCellEditControl();
5378
5379 if ( m_table )
5380 {
5381 for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5382 {
5383 for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5384 {
5385 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5386 }
5387 }
5388
5389 return true;
5390 }
5391
5392 return false;
5393 }
5394
5395 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5396 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5397 // CalcExposedCells)
5398 //
5399 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5400 {
5401 if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5402 return;
5403
5404 int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5405 int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5406 wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5407
5408 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5409 {
5410 row = cells[i].GetRow();
5411 col = cells[i].GetCol();
5412 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5413
5414 // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5415 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5416 {
5417 wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5418 bool marked = false;
5419 for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5420 {
5421 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5422 {
5423 marked = true;
5424 break;
5425 }
5426 }
5427
5428 if (!marked)
5429 {
5430 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5431 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5432 {
5433 if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5434 {
5435 marked = true;
5436 break;
5437 }
5438 }
5439
5440 if (!marked)
5441 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5442 }
5443
5444 // don't bother drawing this cell
5445 continue;
5446 }
5447
5448 // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5449 if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5450 {
5451 for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5452 {
5453 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5454 int left = col;
5455 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5456 if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5457 (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5458 {
5459 left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5460 }
5461
5462 if (left == col)
5463 left = 0; // oh well
5464
5465 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5466 {
5467 if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5468 {
5469 if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5470 {
5471 wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5472 bool marked = false;
5473
5474 for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5475 {
5476 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5477 {
5478 marked = true;
5479 break;
5480 }
5481 }
5482
5483 if (!marked)
5484 {
5485 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5486 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5487 {
5488 if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5489 {
5490 marked = true;
5491 break;
5492 }
5493 }
5494 if (!marked)
5495 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5496 }
5497 }
5498 break;
5499 }
5500 }
5501 }
5502 }
5503
5504 DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5505 }
5506
5507 numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5508
5509 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5510 {
5511 DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5512 }
5513 }
5514
5515 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5516 {
5517 int cw, ch;
5518 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5519
5520 int right, bottom;
5521 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5522
5523 int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5524 int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5525
5526 if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5527 {
5528 int left, top;
5529 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5530
5531 dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5532 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5533
5534 if ( right > rightCol )
5535 {
5536 dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5537 }
5538
5539 if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5540 {
5541 dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5542 }
5543 }
5544 }
5545
5546 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5547 {
5548 int row = coords.GetRow();
5549 int col = coords.GetCol();
5550
5551 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5552 return;
5553
5554 // we draw the cell border ourselves
5555 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5556
5557 bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5558
5559 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5560
5561 // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5562 // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5563 if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5564 {
5565 // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5566 // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5567 // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5568 // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5569 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5570 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5571 editor->PaintBackground(dc, rect, *attr);
5572 editor->DecRef();
5573 #endif
5574 }
5575 else
5576 {
5577 // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5578 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5579 renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5580 renderer->DecRef();
5581 }
5582
5583 attr->DecRef();
5584 }
5585
5586 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5587 {
5588 // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5589 if ( !HasFocus() )
5590 return;
5591
5592 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5593 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5594
5595 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5596 return;
5597
5598 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5599
5600 // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5601 // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5602 // it doesn't look really good
5603
5604 int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5605
5606 if (penWidth > 0)
5607 {
5608 // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5609 // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5610 // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5611 // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5612 // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5613 rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5614 rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5615 rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5616 rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5617
5618 // Now draw the rectangle
5619 // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5620 // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5621 dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5622 : m_cellHighlightColour,
5623 penWidth));
5624 dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5625 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5626 }
5627 }
5628
5629 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5630 {
5631 return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5632 }
5633
5634 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5635 {
5636 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5637 }
5638
5639 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5640 {
5641 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5642 }
5643
5644 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5645 {
5646 int row = coords.GetRow();
5647 int col = coords.GetCol();
5648 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5649 return;
5650
5651
5652 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5653
5654 // right hand border
5655 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5656 dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5657 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5658
5659 // bottom border
5660 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5661 dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5662 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5663 }
5664
5665 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5666 {
5667 // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5668 // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5669 //
5670 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5671 m_numRows && m_numCols )
5672 {
5673 m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5674 }
5675
5676 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5677 {
5678 // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5679 return;
5680 }
5681
5682 // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5683 // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5684 size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5685 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5686 {
5687 wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5688
5689 // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5690 // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5691 // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5692 // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5693 // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5694 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5695 {
5696 int rows = 0,
5697 cols = 0;
5698 GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5699
5700 if ( rows < 0 )
5701 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5702
5703 if ( cols < 0 )
5704 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5705 }
5706
5707 if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5708 {
5709 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5710 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5711 attr->DecRef();
5712
5713 break;
5714 }
5715 }
5716 }
5717
5718 // Used by wxGrid::Render() to draw the grid lines only for the cells in the
5719 // specified range.
5720 void
5721 wxGrid::DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5722 const wxRegion& reg,
5723 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
5724 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
5725 {
5726 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5727 return;
5728
5729 int top, left, width, height;
5730 reg.GetBox( left, top, width, height );
5731
5732 // create a clipping region
5733 wxRegion clippedcells( dc.LogicalToDeviceX( left ),
5734 dc.LogicalToDeviceY( top ),
5735 dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( width ),
5736 dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( height ) );
5737
5738 // subtract multi cell span area from clipping region for lines
5739 wxRect rect;
5740 for ( int row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
5741 {
5742 for ( int col = topLeft.GetCol(); col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
5743 {
5744 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5745 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5746 if ( cell_rows > 1 || cell_cols > 1 ) // multi cell
5747 {
5748 rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5749 // cater for scaling
5750 // device origin already set in ::Render() for x, y
5751 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5752 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5753 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5754 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5755 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5756 }
5757 else if ( cell_rows < 0 || cell_cols < 0 ) // part of multicell
5758 {
5759 rect = CellToRect( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5760 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5761 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5762 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5763 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5764 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5765 }
5766 }
5767 }
5768
5769 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5770
5771 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5772 top, left, top + height, left + width,
5773 topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
5774 bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol());
5775
5776 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5777 }
5778
5779 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5780 // has been changed
5781 //
5782 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5783 {
5784 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5785 return;
5786
5787 int top, bottom, left, right;
5788
5789 int cw, ch;
5790 m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5791 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5792 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5793
5794 // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5795 if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5796 {
5797 if ( !m_numCols )
5798 return;
5799
5800 const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5801 if ( right > lastColRight )
5802 right = lastColRight;
5803 }
5804
5805 if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5806 {
5807 if ( !m_numRows )
5808 return;
5809
5810 const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5811 if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5812 bottom = lastRowBottom;
5813 }
5814
5815 // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5816 int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5817 int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5818 int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5819 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5820
5821 wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5822
5823 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5824 wxRect rect;
5825
5826 for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5827 {
5828 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5829 {
5830 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5831
5832 GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5833 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5834 {
5835 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5836 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5837 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5838 }
5839 else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5840 {
5841 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5842 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5843 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5844 }
5845 }
5846 }
5847
5848 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5849
5850 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5851 top, left, bottom, right,
5852 topRow, leftCol, m_numRows, m_numCols);
5853
5854 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5855 }
5856
5857 void
5858 wxGrid::DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5859 int top, int left,
5860 int bottom, int right,
5861 int topRow, int leftCol,
5862 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5863 {
5864 // horizontal grid lines
5865 for ( int i = topRow; i < bottomRow; i++ )
5866 {
5867 int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5868
5869 if ( bot > bottom )
5870 break;
5871
5872 if ( bot >= top )
5873 {
5874 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5875 dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5876 }
5877 }
5878
5879 // vertical grid lines
5880 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < rightCol; colPos++ )
5881 {
5882 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5883
5884 int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5885 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5886 if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5887 #endif
5888 colRight--;
5889
5890 if ( colRight > right )
5891 break;
5892
5893 if ( colRight >= left )
5894 {
5895 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5896 dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5897 }
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5902 {
5903 if ( !m_numRows )
5904 return;
5905
5906 const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5907 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5908 {
5909 DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5910 }
5911 }
5912
5913 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5914 {
5915 if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5916 return;
5917
5918 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5919 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5920
5921 // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5922 // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5923 // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5924 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5925 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5926 : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5927 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5928
5929 wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5930 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5931
5932 int hAlign, vAlign;
5933 GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5934
5935 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5936 rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5937 }
5938
5939 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5940 {
5941 if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5942 return;
5943
5944 delete m_colWindow;
5945 m_useNativeHeader = native;
5946
5947 CreateColumnWindow();
5948
5949 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5950 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5951 CalcWindowSizes();
5952 }
5953
5954 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5955 {
5956 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5957 "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5958
5959 m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5960 if (native)
5961 {
5962 int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5963 SetColLabelSize( height );
5964 }
5965
5966 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5967 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5968 }
5969
5970 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5971 {
5972 if ( !m_numCols )
5973 return;
5974
5975 const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5976 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5977 {
5978 DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5979 }
5980 }
5981
5982 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5983 {
5984 wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5985
5986 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5987 {
5988 rect.Deflate(1);
5989
5990 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5991 }
5992 else
5993 {
5994 rect.width++;
5995 rect.height++;
5996
5997 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5998 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5999 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
6000 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
6001 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
6002 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
6003
6004 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6005 }
6006 }
6007
6008 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
6009 {
6010 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
6011 return;
6012
6013 int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
6014
6015 wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
6016 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
6017 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
6018 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
6019 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
6020 : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
6021 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
6022
6023 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
6024 {
6025 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
6026 (
6027 GetColLabelWindow(),
6028 dc,
6029 rect,
6030 0,
6031 IsSortingBy(col)
6032 ? IsSortOrderAscending()
6033 ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
6034 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
6035 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
6036 );
6037 rect.Deflate(2);
6038 }
6039 else
6040 {
6041 // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
6042 // artefacts, see #12055.
6043 wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
6044 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6045
6046 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6047 }
6048
6049 int hAlign, vAlign;
6050 GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
6051 const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
6052
6053 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
6054 }
6055
6056 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
6057 // we just have to add textOrientation support
6058 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
6059 const wxString& value,
6060 const wxRect& rect,
6061 int horizAlign,
6062 int vertAlign,
6063 int textOrientation ) const
6064 {
6065 wxArrayString lines;
6066
6067 StringToLines( value, lines );
6068
6069 DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
6070 }
6071
6072 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
6073 const wxArrayString& lines,
6074 const wxRect& rect,
6075 int horizAlign,
6076 int vertAlign,
6077 int textOrientation) const
6078 {
6079 if ( lines.empty() )
6080 return;
6081
6082 wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
6083
6084 long textWidth,
6085 textHeight;
6086
6087 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6088 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
6089 else
6090 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
6091
6092 int x = 0,
6093 y = 0;
6094 switch ( vertAlign )
6095 {
6096 case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
6097 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6098 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
6099 else
6100 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
6101 break;
6102
6103 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6104 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6105 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
6106 else
6107 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
6108 break;
6109
6110 case wxALIGN_TOP:
6111 default:
6112 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6113 y = rect.y + 1;
6114 else
6115 x = rect.x + 1;
6116 break;
6117 }
6118
6119 // Align each line of a multi-line label
6120 size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
6121 for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
6122 {
6123 const wxString& line = lines[l];
6124
6125 if ( line.empty() )
6126 {
6127 *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
6128 continue;
6129 }
6130
6131 wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
6132 lineHeight = 0;
6133 dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
6134
6135 switch ( horizAlign )
6136 {
6137 case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
6138 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6139 x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
6140 else
6141 y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
6142 break;
6143
6144 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6145 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6146 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
6147 else
6148 y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
6149 break;
6150
6151 case wxALIGN_LEFT:
6152 default:
6153 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6154 x = rect.x + 1;
6155 else
6156 y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
6157 break;
6158 }
6159
6160 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6161 {
6162 dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
6163 y += lineHeight;
6164 }
6165 else
6166 {
6167 dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
6168 x += lineHeight;
6169 }
6170 }
6171 }
6172
6173 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
6174 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
6175 //
6176 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
6177 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
6178 {
6179 int startPos = 0;
6180 int pos;
6181 wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
6182 wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
6183
6184 while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6185 {
6186 pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
6187 if ( pos < 0 )
6188 {
6189 break;
6190 }
6191 else if ( pos == 0 )
6192 {
6193 lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
6194 }
6195 else
6196 {
6197 lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
6198 }
6199
6200 startPos += pos + 1;
6201 }
6202
6203 if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6204 {
6205 lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
6206 }
6207 }
6208
6209 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
6210 const wxArrayString& lines,
6211 long *width, long *height ) const
6212 {
6213 wxCoord w = 0;
6214 wxCoord h = 0;
6215 wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
6216
6217 size_t i;
6218 for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
6219 {
6220 dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
6221 w = wxMax( w, lineW );
6222 h += lineH;
6223 }
6224
6225 *width = w;
6226 *height = h;
6227 }
6228
6229 //
6230 // ------ Batch processing.
6231 //
6232 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
6233 {
6234 if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
6235 {
6236 m_batchCount--;
6237 if ( !m_batchCount )
6238 {
6239 CalcDimensions();
6240 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6241 m_colWindow->Refresh();
6242 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6243 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6244 }
6245 }
6246 }
6247
6248 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
6249 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
6250 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
6251 //
6252 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
6253 {
6254 BeginBatch();
6255 EndBatch();
6256 }
6257
6258 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
6259 {
6260 if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
6261 return false;
6262
6263 // redraw in the new state
6264 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6265
6266 return true;
6267 }
6268
6269 //
6270 // ------ Edit control functions
6271 //
6272
6273 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
6274 {
6275 if ( edit != m_editable )
6276 {
6277 if (!edit)
6278 EnableCellEditControl(edit);
6279 m_editable = edit;
6280 }
6281 }
6282
6283 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
6284 {
6285 if (! m_editable)
6286 return;
6287
6288 if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6289 {
6290 if ( enable )
6291 {
6292 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
6293 return;
6294
6295 // this should be checked by the caller!
6296 wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
6297
6298 // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
6299 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6300
6301 ShowCellEditControl();
6302 }
6303 else
6304 {
6305 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
6306
6307 HideCellEditControl();
6308 SaveEditControlValue();
6309
6310 // do it after HideCellEditControl()
6311 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6312 }
6313 }
6314 }
6315
6316 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
6317 {
6318 wxGridCellAttr*
6319 attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6320 bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
6321 attr->DecRef();
6322
6323 return readonly;
6324 }
6325
6326 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
6327 {
6328 return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
6329 !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
6330 }
6331
6332 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
6333 {
6334 // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
6335 // current one if it's read only
6336 return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
6337 }
6338
6339 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
6340 {
6341 bool isShown = false;
6342
6343 if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6344 {
6345 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6346 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6347 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6348 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
6349 attr->DecRef();
6350
6351 if ( editor )
6352 {
6353 if ( editor->IsCreated() )
6354 {
6355 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
6356 }
6357
6358 editor->DecRef();
6359 }
6360 }
6361
6362 return isShown;
6363 }
6364
6365 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
6366 {
6367 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6368 {
6369 if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6370 {
6371 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
6372 return;
6373 }
6374 else
6375 {
6376 wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
6377 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6378 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6379
6380 // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
6381 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6382 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6383 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6384 {
6385 row += cell_rows;
6386 col += cell_cols;
6387 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
6388 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
6389 }
6390
6391 // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
6392 // might not cover the entire cell
6393 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6394 PrepareDC( dc );
6395 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6396 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
6397 dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
6398 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6399
6400 // convert to scrolled coords
6401 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6402
6403 int nXMove = 0;
6404 if (rect.x < 0)
6405 nXMove = rect.x;
6406
6407 // cell is shifted by one pixel
6408 // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
6409 // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
6410 // "don't change."
6411 if (rect.x > 0)
6412 rect.x--;
6413 if (rect.y > 0)
6414 rect.y--;
6415
6416 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6417 if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
6418 {
6419 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
6420 new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
6421
6422 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
6423 wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
6424 this,
6425 row,
6426 col,
6427 editor->GetControl());
6428 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6429 }
6430
6431 // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6432 int maxWidth = rect.width;
6433 wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6434 if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6435 {
6436 int y;
6437 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6438 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6439 maxWidth = rect.width;
6440 }
6441
6442 int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6443 if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6444 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6445
6446 if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6447 {
6448 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6449 // may have changed earlier
6450 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6451 {
6452 int c_rows, c_cols;
6453 GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6454
6455 // looks weird going over a multicell
6456 if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6457 (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6458 {
6459 rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6460 }
6461 else
6462 break;
6463 }
6464
6465 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6466 rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6467 }
6468
6469 editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6470 editor->SetSize( rect );
6471 if (nXMove != 0)
6472 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6473 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6474 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6475 editor->Show( true, attr );
6476
6477 // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6478 // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6479 CalcDimensions();
6480
6481 editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6482 editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6483
6484 editor->DecRef();
6485 attr->DecRef();
6486 }
6487 }
6488 }
6489
6490 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6491 {
6492 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6493 {
6494 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6495 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6496
6497 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6498 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6499 const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6500 editor->Show( false );
6501 editor->DecRef();
6502 attr->DecRef();
6503
6504 // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6505 //
6506 // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6507 // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6508 // editor precisely because we lost focus
6509 if ( editorHadFocus )
6510 m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6511
6512 // refresh whole row to the right
6513 wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6514 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6515 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6516
6517 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6518 // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6519 rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6520 #endif
6521
6522 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6523 }
6524 }
6525
6526 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6527 {
6528 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6529 {
6530 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6531 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6532
6533 wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6534
6535 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6536 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6537
6538 wxString newval;
6539 bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6540
6541 if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6542 {
6543 editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6544
6545 // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6546 // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6547 // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6548 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6549 {
6550 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6551 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6552 }
6553 }
6554
6555 editor->DecRef();
6556 attr->DecRef();
6557 }
6558 }
6559
6560 void wxGrid::OnHideEditor(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6561 {
6562 DisableCellEditControl();
6563 }
6564
6565 //
6566 // ------ Grid location functions
6567 // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6568 // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6569 // coordinates for mouse events etc.
6570 //
6571
6572 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6573 {
6574 int row = YToRow(y);
6575 int col = XToCol(x);
6576
6577 return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6578 : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6579 }
6580
6581 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6582 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6583 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly in O(log n) time.
6584 // NOTE: This may not work correctly for reordered columns.
6585 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6586 bool clipToMinMax,
6587 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6588 {
6589 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6590
6591 if ( coord < 0 )
6592 return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6593
6594 const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6595 wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6596
6597 int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6598 minPos = 0;
6599
6600 // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6601 // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6602 const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6603 if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6604 {
6605 if ( maxPos < numLines )
6606 return maxPos;
6607
6608 return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6609 }
6610
6611
6612 // binary search is quite efficient and we can't really make any assumptions
6613 // on where to start here since row and columns could be of size 0 if they are
6614 // hidden. While this could be made more efficient, some profiling will be
6615 // necessary to determine if it really is a performance bottleneck
6616 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6617
6618 // check if the position is beyond the last column
6619 const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6620 if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6621 return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6622
6623 // or before the first one
6624 const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6625 if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6626 return 0;
6627
6628
6629 // finally do perform the binary search
6630 while ( minPos < maxPos )
6631 {
6632 wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6633 coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6634 -1,
6635 "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6636
6637 if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6638 return maxPos;
6639 else
6640 maxPos--;
6641
6642 const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6643 if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6644 maxPos = median;
6645 else
6646 minPos = median;
6647 }
6648
6649 return maxPos;
6650 }
6651
6652 int
6653 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6654 bool clipToMinMax,
6655 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6656 {
6657 int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6658
6659 return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6660 }
6661
6662 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6663 {
6664 return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6665 }
6666
6667 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6668 {
6669 return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6670 }
6671
6672 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6673 {
6674 return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6675 }
6676
6677 // return the row/col number such that the pos is near the edge of, or -1 if
6678 // not near an edge.
6679 //
6680 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6681 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6682 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6683 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6684 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6685 {
6686 // Get the bottom or rightmost line that could match.
6687 int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6688
6689 if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6690 {
6691 // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6692 // to start or end border, respectively.
6693 if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6694 return line;
6695 else if ( line > 0 &&
6696 pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6697 line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6698 {
6699 // We need to find the previous visible line, so skip all the
6700 // hidden (of size 0) ones.
6701 do
6702 {
6703 line = oper.GetLineBefore(this, line);
6704 }
6705 while ( line >= 0 && oper.GetLineSize(this, line) == 0 );
6706
6707 // It can possibly be -1 here.
6708 return line;
6709 }
6710 }
6711
6712 return -1;
6713 }
6714
6715 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6716 {
6717 return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6718 }
6719
6720 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6721 {
6722 return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6723 }
6724
6725 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6726 {
6727 wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6728
6729 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6730 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6731 {
6732 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6733 rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6734 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6735 // if negative then find multicell owner
6736 if (cell_rows < 0)
6737 row += cell_rows;
6738 if (cell_cols < 0)
6739 col += cell_cols;
6740 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6741
6742 rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6743 rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6744 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6745 rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6746 for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6747 rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6748
6749 // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6750 if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6751 {
6752 rect.width -= 1;
6753 rect.height -= 1;
6754 }
6755 }
6756
6757 return rect;
6758 }
6759
6760 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6761 {
6762 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6763 //
6764 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6765
6766 // convert to device coords
6767 //
6768 int left, top, right, bottom;
6769 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6770 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6771
6772 // check against the client area of the grid window
6773 int cw, ch;
6774 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6775
6776 if ( wholeCellVisible )
6777 {
6778 // is the cell wholly visible ?
6779 return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6780 top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6781 }
6782 else
6783 {
6784 // is the cell partly visible ?
6785 //
6786 return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6787 ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6788 }
6789 }
6790
6791 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6792 // of scrolling
6793 //
6794 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6795 {
6796 int i;
6797 int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6798
6799 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6800 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6801 {
6802 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6803 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6804
6805 // convert to device coords
6806 int left, top, right, bottom;
6807 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6808 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6809
6810 int cw, ch;
6811 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6812
6813 if ( top < 0 )
6814 {
6815 ypos = r.GetTop();
6816 }
6817 else if ( bottom > ch )
6818 {
6819 int h = r.GetHeight();
6820 ypos = r.GetTop();
6821 for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6822 {
6823 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6824 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6825 break;
6826
6827 h += rowHeight;
6828 ypos -= rowHeight;
6829 }
6830
6831 // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6832 // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6833 // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6834 //
6835 // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6836 // so just add a full scroll unit...
6837 ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6838 }
6839
6840 // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6841 // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6842 // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6843 // if ( left < 0 )
6844 if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6845 {
6846 xpos = r.GetLeft();
6847 }
6848 else if ( right > cw )
6849 {
6850 // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6851 int x0, y0;
6852 CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6853 xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6854
6855 // see comment for ypos above
6856 xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6857 }
6858
6859 if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6860 {
6861 if ( xpos != -1 )
6862 xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6863 if ( ypos != -1 )
6864 ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6865 Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6866 AdjustScrollbars();
6867 }
6868 }
6869 }
6870
6871 //
6872 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6873 //
6874
6875 bool
6876 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6877 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6878 {
6879 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6880 return false;
6881
6882 if ( expandSelection )
6883 {
6884 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6885 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6886 coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6887
6888 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6889 return false;
6890
6891 diroper.Advance(coords);
6892
6893 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6894 }
6895 else // don't expand selection
6896 {
6897 ClearSelection();
6898
6899 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6900 return false;
6901
6902 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6903 diroper.Advance(coords);
6904
6905 GoToCell(coords);
6906 }
6907
6908 return true;
6909 }
6910
6911 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6912 {
6913 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6914 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6915 }
6916
6917 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6918 {
6919 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6920 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6921 }
6922
6923 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6924 {
6925 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6926 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6927 }
6928
6929 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6930 {
6931 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6932 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6933 }
6934
6935 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6936 {
6937 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6938 return false;
6939
6940 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6941 return false;
6942
6943 const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6944 int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6945 if ( newRow == oldRow )
6946 {
6947 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6948 diroper.Advance(coords);
6949 newRow = coords.GetRow();
6950 }
6951
6952 GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6953
6954 return true;
6955 }
6956
6957 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6958 {
6959 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6960 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6961 }
6962
6963 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6964 {
6965 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6966 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6967 }
6968
6969 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6970 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6971 void
6972 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6973 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6974 {
6975 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6976 {
6977 diroper.Advance(coords);
6978 if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6979 break;
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 bool
6984 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6985 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6986 {
6987 if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6988 return false;
6989
6990 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6991 return false;
6992
6993 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6994 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6995 {
6996 // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6997 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6998 }
6999 else // current cell is not empty
7000 {
7001 diroper.Advance(coords);
7002 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
7003 {
7004 // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
7005 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
7006 }
7007 else // we're in a middle of a block
7008 {
7009 // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
7010 // empty one
7011 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
7012 {
7013 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
7014 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
7015 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
7016 break;
7017
7018 coords = coordsNext;
7019 }
7020 }
7021 }
7022
7023 if ( expandSelection )
7024 {
7025 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
7026 }
7027 else
7028 {
7029 ClearSelection();
7030 GoToCell(coords);
7031 }
7032
7033 return true;
7034 }
7035
7036 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
7037 {
7038 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7039 expandSelection,
7040 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7041 );
7042 }
7043
7044 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
7045 {
7046 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7047 expandSelection,
7048 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7049 );
7050 }
7051
7052 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
7053 {
7054 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7055 expandSelection,
7056 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7057 );
7058 }
7059
7060 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
7061 {
7062 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7063 expandSelection,
7064 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7065 );
7066 }
7067
7068 //
7069 // ------ Label values and formatting
7070 //
7071
7072 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7073 {
7074 if ( horiz )
7075 *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
7076 if ( vert )
7077 *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
7078 }
7079
7080 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7081 {
7082 if ( horiz )
7083 *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
7084 if ( vert )
7085 *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign;
7086 }
7087
7088 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
7089 {
7090 return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
7091 }
7092
7093 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
7094 {
7095 if ( m_table )
7096 {
7097 return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
7098 }
7099 else
7100 {
7101 wxString s;
7102 s << row;
7103 return s;
7104 }
7105 }
7106
7107 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
7108 {
7109 if ( m_table )
7110 {
7111 return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
7112 }
7113 else
7114 {
7115 wxString s;
7116 s << col;
7117 return s;
7118 }
7119 }
7120
7121 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
7122 {
7123 wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7124
7125 if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7126 {
7127 width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
7128 }
7129
7130 if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
7131 {
7132 if ( width == 0 )
7133 {
7134 m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
7135 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7136 }
7137 else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
7138 {
7139 m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
7140 if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
7141 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7142 }
7143
7144 m_rowLabelWidth = width;
7145 InvalidateBestSize();
7146 CalcWindowSizes();
7147 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7148 }
7149 }
7150
7151 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
7152 {
7153 wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7154
7155 if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7156 {
7157 height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
7158 }
7159
7160 if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
7161 {
7162 if ( height == 0 )
7163 {
7164 m_colWindow->Show( false );
7165 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7166 }
7167 else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
7168 {
7169 m_colWindow->Show( true );
7170 if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
7171 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7172 }
7173
7174 m_colLabelHeight = height;
7175 InvalidateBestSize();
7176 CalcWindowSizes();
7177 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7178 }
7179 }
7180
7181 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
7182 {
7183 if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
7184 {
7185 m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
7186 m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7187 m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7188 m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7189
7190 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7191 {
7192 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7193 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7194 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7195 }
7196 }
7197 }
7198
7199 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
7200 {
7201 if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
7202 {
7203 m_labelTextColour = colour;
7204 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7205 {
7206 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7207 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7208 }
7209 }
7210 }
7211
7212 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
7213 {
7214 m_labelFont = font;
7215 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7216 {
7217 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7218 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7219 }
7220 }
7221
7222 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7223 {
7224 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7225 switch ( horiz )
7226 {
7227 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7228 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7229 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7230 }
7231
7232 switch ( vert )
7233 {
7234 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7235 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7236 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7237 }
7238
7239 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7240 {
7241 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7242 }
7243
7244 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7245 {
7246 m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
7247 }
7248
7249 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7250 {
7251 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7252 }
7253 }
7254
7255 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7256 {
7257 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7258 switch ( horiz )
7259 {
7260 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7261 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7262 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7263 }
7264
7265 switch ( vert )
7266 {
7267 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7268 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7269 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7270 }
7271
7272 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7273 {
7274 m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7275 }
7276
7277 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7278 {
7279 m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
7280 }
7281
7282 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7283 {
7284 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7285 }
7286 }
7287
7288 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
7289 // does not support vertical printing
7290 //
7291 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
7292 // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
7293 // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
7294 //
7295 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
7296 {
7297 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
7298 m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
7299
7300 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7301 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7302 }
7303
7304 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
7305 {
7306 if ( m_table )
7307 {
7308 m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
7309 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7310 {
7311 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
7312 if ( rect.height > 0 )
7313 {
7314 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7315 rect.x = 0;
7316 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
7317 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
7318 }
7319 }
7320 }
7321 }
7322
7323 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
7324 {
7325 if ( m_table )
7326 {
7327 m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
7328 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7329 {
7330 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7331 {
7332 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7333 }
7334 else
7335 {
7336 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
7337 if ( rect.width > 0 )
7338 {
7339 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7340 rect.y = 0;
7341 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7342 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7343 }
7344 }
7345 }
7346 }
7347 }
7348
7349 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
7350 {
7351 if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
7352 {
7353 m_gridLineColour = colour;
7354
7355 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7356 RedrawGridLines();
7357 }
7358 }
7359
7360 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
7361 {
7362 if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
7363 {
7364 m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
7365
7366 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7367 PrepareDC( dc );
7368 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7369 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7370 attr->DecRef();
7371 }
7372 }
7373
7374 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
7375 {
7376 if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
7377 {
7378 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
7379
7380 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7381 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7382 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7383 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7384 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7385 return;
7386
7387 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7388 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7389 }
7390 }
7391
7392 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
7393 {
7394 if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
7395 {
7396 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
7397
7398 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7399 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7400 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7401 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7402 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
7403 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7404 return;
7405
7406 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7407 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7408 }
7409 }
7410
7411 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
7412 {
7413 // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
7414 if ( GetBatchCount() )
7415 return;
7416
7417 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7418 {
7419 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7420 PrepareDC( dc );
7421 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
7422 }
7423 else // remove the grid lines
7424 {
7425 m_gridWin->Refresh();
7426 }
7427 }
7428
7429 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
7430 {
7431 if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7432 {
7433 m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7434
7435 RedrawGridLines();
7436 }
7437 }
7438
7439 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7440 {
7441 if ( clip != var )
7442 {
7443 var = clip;
7444
7445 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7446 RedrawGridLines();
7447 }
7448 }
7449
7450 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7451 {
7452 return m_defaultRowHeight;
7453 }
7454
7455 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7456 {
7457 wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7458
7459 return GetRowHeight(row);
7460 }
7461
7462 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7463 {
7464 return m_defaultColWidth;
7465 }
7466
7467 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7468 {
7469 wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7470
7471 return GetColWidth(col);
7472 }
7473
7474 // ============================================================================
7475 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7476 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7477 // ============================================================================
7478
7479 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7480 // setting default attributes
7481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7482
7483 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7484 {
7485 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7486 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7487 m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7488 #endif
7489 }
7490
7491 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7492 {
7493 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7494 }
7495
7496 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7497 {
7498 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7499 }
7500
7501 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7502 {
7503 m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7504 }
7505
7506 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7507 {
7508 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7509 }
7510
7511 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7512 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7513 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7514 // work correctly.
7515
7516 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7517 {
7518 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7519 renderer,
7520 GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7521 }
7522
7523 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7524 {
7525 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7526 GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7527 editor);
7528 }
7529
7530 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7531 // access to the default attributes
7532 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7533
7534 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7535 {
7536 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7537 }
7538
7539 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7540 {
7541 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7542 }
7543
7544 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7545 {
7546 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7547 }
7548
7549 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7550 {
7551 m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7552 }
7553
7554 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7555 {
7556 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7557 }
7558
7559 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7560 {
7561 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7562 }
7563
7564 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7565 {
7566 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7567 }
7568
7569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7570 // access to cell attributes
7571 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7572
7573 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7574 {
7575 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7576 wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7577 attr->DecRef();
7578
7579 return colour;
7580 }
7581
7582 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7583 {
7584 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7585 wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7586 attr->DecRef();
7587
7588 return colour;
7589 }
7590
7591 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7592 {
7593 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7594 wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7595 attr->DecRef();
7596
7597 return font;
7598 }
7599
7600 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7601 {
7602 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7603 attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7604 attr->DecRef();
7605 }
7606
7607 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7608 {
7609 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7610 bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7611 attr->DecRef();
7612
7613 return allow;
7614 }
7615
7616 wxGrid::CellSpan
7617 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7618 {
7619 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7620 attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7621 attr->DecRef();
7622
7623 if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7624 return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7625
7626 if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7627 return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7628
7629 // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7630 return CellSpan_Main;
7631 }
7632
7633 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7634 {
7635 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7636 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7637 attr->DecRef();
7638
7639 return renderer;
7640 }
7641
7642 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7643 {
7644 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7645 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7646 attr->DecRef();
7647
7648 return editor;
7649 }
7650
7651 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7652 {
7653 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7654 bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7655 attr->DecRef();
7656
7657 return isReadOnly;
7658 }
7659
7660 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7661 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7662 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7663
7664 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7665 {
7666 if ( !m_table )
7667 {
7668 return false;
7669 }
7670
7671 return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7672 }
7673
7674 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7675 {
7676 if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7677 {
7678 wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7679 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7680 m_attrCache.row = -1;
7681 // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7682 // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7683 // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7684 // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7685 wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7686 }
7687 }
7688
7689 void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col)
7690 {
7691 if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col )
7692 ClearAttrCache();
7693 }
7694
7695
7696 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7697 {
7698 if ( attr != NULL )
7699 {
7700 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
7701
7702 self->ClearAttrCache();
7703 self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7704 self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7705 self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7706 wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7707 }
7708 }
7709
7710 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7711 {
7712 if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7713 {
7714 *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7715 wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7716
7717 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7718 gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7719 #endif
7720
7721 return true;
7722 }
7723 else
7724 {
7725 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7726 gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7727 #endif
7728
7729 return false;
7730 }
7731 }
7732
7733 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7734 {
7735 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7736 // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7737 // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7738 if ( row >= 0 )
7739 {
7740 if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7741 {
7742 attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7743 : NULL;
7744 CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7745 }
7746 }
7747
7748 if (attr)
7749 {
7750 attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7751 }
7752 else
7753 {
7754 attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7755 attr->IncRef();
7756 }
7757
7758 return attr;
7759 }
7760
7761 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7762 {
7763 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7764 bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7765
7766 wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7767 wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7768
7769 attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7770 if ( !attr )
7771 {
7772 attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7773
7774 // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7775 attr->IncRef();
7776 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7777 }
7778
7779 return attr;
7780 }
7781
7782 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7783 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7784 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7785
7786 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7787 {
7788 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7789 }
7790
7791 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7792 {
7793 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7794 }
7795
7796 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7797 {
7798 wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7799 if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7800 {
7801 typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7802 }
7803
7804 SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7805 }
7806
7807 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7808 {
7809 wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7810 if (!attr)
7811 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7812 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7813 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7814 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7815 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7816
7817 SetColAttr(col, attr);
7818
7819 }
7820
7821 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7822 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7823 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7824
7825 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7826 {
7827 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7828 {
7829 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7830 ClearAttrCache();
7831 }
7832 else
7833 {
7834 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7835 }
7836 }
7837
7838 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7839 {
7840 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7841 {
7842 m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7843 ClearAttrCache();
7844 }
7845 else
7846 {
7847 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7848 }
7849 }
7850
7851 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7852 {
7853 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7854 {
7855 m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7856 ClearAttrCache();
7857 }
7858 else
7859 {
7860 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7861 }
7862 }
7863
7864 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7865 {
7866 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7867 {
7868 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7869 attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7870 attr->DecRef();
7871 }
7872 }
7873
7874 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7875 {
7876 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7877 {
7878 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7879 attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7880 attr->DecRef();
7881 }
7882 }
7883
7884 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7885 {
7886 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7887 {
7888 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7889 attr->SetFont(font);
7890 attr->DecRef();
7891 }
7892 }
7893
7894 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7895 {
7896 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7897 {
7898 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7899 attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7900 attr->DecRef();
7901 }
7902 }
7903
7904 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7905 {
7906 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7907 {
7908 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7909 attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7910 attr->DecRef();
7911 }
7912 }
7913
7914 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7915 {
7916 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7917 {
7918 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7919
7920 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7921 attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7922 attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7923 attr->DecRef();
7924
7925 // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7926 // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7927 // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7928 // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7929 wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7930 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7931 wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7932 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7933
7934 // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7935 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7936 {
7937 int i, j;
7938 for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7939 {
7940 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7941 {
7942 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7943 {
7944 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7945 attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7946 attr_stub->DecRef();
7947 }
7948 }
7949 }
7950 }
7951
7952 // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7953 // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7954 if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7955 {
7956 int i, j;
7957 for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7958 {
7959 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7960 {
7961 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7962 {
7963 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7964 attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7965 attr_stub->DecRef();
7966 }
7967 }
7968 }
7969 }
7970 }
7971 }
7972
7973 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7974 {
7975 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7976 {
7977 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7978 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7979 attr->DecRef();
7980 }
7981 }
7982
7983 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7984 {
7985 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7986 {
7987 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7988 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7989 attr->DecRef();
7990 }
7991 }
7992
7993 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7994 {
7995 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7996 {
7997 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7998 attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
7999 attr->DecRef();
8000 }
8001 }
8002
8003 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8004 // Data type registration
8005 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8006
8007 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
8008 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
8009 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
8010 {
8011 m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
8012 }
8013
8014
8015 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
8016 {
8017 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8018 return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
8019 }
8020
8021 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
8022 {
8023 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8024 return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
8025 }
8026
8027 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8028 {
8029 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8030 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8031 {
8032 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8033
8034 return NULL;
8035 }
8036
8037 return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
8038 }
8039
8040 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8041 {
8042 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8043 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8044 {
8045 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8046
8047 return NULL;
8048 }
8049
8050 return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
8051 }
8052
8053 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8054 // row/col size
8055 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8056
8057 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
8058 {
8059 if ( !setFixed )
8060 {
8061 setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
8062 }
8063
8064 setFixed->insert(line);
8065 }
8066
8067 bool
8068 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
8069 {
8070 return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
8071 }
8072
8073 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
8074 {
8075 m_canDragRowSize = enable;
8076 }
8077
8078 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
8079 {
8080 m_canDragColSize = enable;
8081 }
8082
8083 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
8084 {
8085 m_canDragGridSize = enable;
8086 }
8087
8088 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
8089 {
8090 m_canDragCell = enable;
8091 }
8092
8093 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
8094 {
8095 m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
8096
8097 if ( resizeExistingRows )
8098 {
8099 // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
8100 // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
8101 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8102 // some speed optimisations)
8103 m_rowHeights.Empty();
8104 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
8105 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8106 CalcDimensions();
8107 }
8108 }
8109
8110 namespace
8111 {
8112
8113 // This is a common part of SetRowSize() and SetColSize() which takes care of
8114 // updating the height/width of a row/column depending on its current value and
8115 // the new one.
8116 //
8117 // Returns the difference between the new and the old size.
8118 int UpdateRowOrColSize(int& sizeCurrent, int sizeNew)
8119 {
8120 // On input here sizeCurrent can be negative if it's currently hidden (the
8121 // real size is its absolute value then). And sizeNew can be 0 to indicate
8122 // that the row/column should be hidden or -1 to indicate that it should be
8123 // shown again.
8124
8125 if ( sizeNew < 0 )
8126 {
8127 // We're showing back a previously hidden row/column.
8128 wxASSERT_MSG( sizeNew == -1, wxS("New size must be positive or -1.") );
8129
8130 // If it's already visible, simply do nothing.
8131 if ( sizeCurrent >= 0 )
8132 return 0;
8133
8134 // Otherwise show it by restoring its old size.
8135 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8136
8137 // This is positive which is correct.
8138 return sizeCurrent;
8139 }
8140 else if ( sizeNew == 0 )
8141 {
8142 // We're hiding a row/column.
8143
8144 // If it's already hidden, simply do nothing.
8145 if ( sizeCurrent <= 0 )
8146 return 0;
8147
8148 // Otherwise hide it and also remember the shown size to be able to
8149 // restore it later.
8150 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8151
8152 // This is negative which is correct.
8153 return sizeCurrent;
8154 }
8155 else // We're just changing the row/column size.
8156 {
8157 // Here it could have been hidden or not previously.
8158 const int sizeOld = sizeCurrent < 0 ? 0 : sizeCurrent;
8159
8160 sizeCurrent = sizeNew;
8161
8162 return sizeCurrent - sizeOld;
8163 }
8164 }
8165
8166 } // anonymous namespace
8167
8168 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
8169 {
8170 // See comment in SetColSize
8171 if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8172 return;
8173
8174 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the height to the row label.
8175 // As with the columns, ignore attempts to auto-size the hidden rows.
8176 if ( height == -1 && GetRowHeight(row) != 0 )
8177 {
8178 long w, h;
8179 wxArrayString lines;
8180 wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
8181 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8182 StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
8183 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8184 //check that it is not less than the minimal height
8185 height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
8186 }
8187
8188 DoSetRowSize(row, height);
8189 }
8190
8191 void wxGrid::DoSetRowSize( int row, int height )
8192 {
8193 wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
8194
8195 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
8196 {
8197 // need to really create the array
8198 InitRowHeights();
8199 }
8200
8201 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_rowHeights[row], height);
8202 if ( !diff )
8203 return;
8204
8205 for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
8206 {
8207 m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
8208 }
8209
8210 InvalidateBestSize();
8211
8212 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8213 {
8214 CalcDimensions();
8215 Refresh();
8216 }
8217 }
8218
8219 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
8220 {
8221 // we dont allow zero default column width
8222 m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
8223
8224 if ( resizeExistingCols )
8225 {
8226 // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
8227 // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
8228 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8229 // some speed optimisations)
8230 m_colWidths.Empty();
8231 m_colRights.Empty();
8232 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8233 CalcDimensions();
8234 }
8235 }
8236
8237 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
8238 {
8239 // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
8240 // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
8241 // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
8242 // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
8243 // sense of hiding the column
8244 if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
8245 return;
8246
8247 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the width to the column label.
8248 //
8249 // Notice that we currently don't support auto-sizing hidden columns (we
8250 // could, but it's not clear whether this is really needed and it would
8251 // make the code more complex), and for them passing -1 simply means to
8252 // show the column back using its old size.
8253 if ( width == -1 && GetColWidth(col) != 0 )
8254 {
8255 long w, h;
8256 wxArrayString lines;
8257 wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
8258 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8259 StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
8260 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
8261 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8262 else
8263 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
8264 width = w + 6;
8265 //check that it is not less than the minimal width
8266 width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
8267 }
8268
8269 DoSetColSize(col, width);
8270 }
8271
8272 void wxGrid::DoSetColSize( int col, int width )
8273 {
8274 wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
8275
8276 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
8277 {
8278 // need to really create the array
8279 InitColWidths();
8280 }
8281
8282 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_colWidths[col], width);
8283 if ( !diff )
8284 return;
8285
8286 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8287 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
8288 //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
8289
8290 for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8291 {
8292 m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
8293 }
8294
8295 InvalidateBestSize();
8296
8297 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8298 {
8299 CalcDimensions();
8300 Refresh();
8301 }
8302 }
8303
8304 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
8305 {
8306 if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
8307 {
8308 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8309 m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
8310 }
8311 }
8312
8313 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
8314 {
8315 if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8316 {
8317 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8318 m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
8319 }
8320 }
8321
8322 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
8323 {
8324 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8325 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
8326
8327 return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8328 }
8329
8330 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
8331 {
8332 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8333 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
8334
8335 return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8336 }
8337
8338 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
8339 {
8340 // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
8341 // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
8342 if ( width >= 0 )
8343 m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
8344 }
8345
8346 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
8347 {
8348 // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
8349 // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
8350 if ( height >= 0 )
8351 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
8352 }
8353
8354 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
8355 {
8356 return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8357 }
8358
8359 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
8360 {
8361 return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8362 }
8363
8364 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8365 // auto sizing
8366 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8367
8368 void
8369 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
8370 {
8371 const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
8372
8373 // We don't support auto-sizing hidden rows or columns, this doesn't seem
8374 // to make much sense.
8375 if ( column )
8376 {
8377 if ( GetColWidth(colOrRow) == 0 )
8378 return;
8379 }
8380 else
8381 {
8382 if ( GetRowHeight(colOrRow) == 0 )
8383 return;
8384 }
8385
8386 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
8387
8388 // cancel editing of cell
8389 HideCellEditControl();
8390 SaveEditControlValue();
8391
8392 // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
8393 // really needs to be initialized here
8394 int row,
8395 col;
8396 if ( column )
8397 {
8398 row = -1;
8399 col = colOrRow;
8400 }
8401 else
8402 {
8403 row = colOrRow;
8404 col = -1;
8405 }
8406
8407 wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
8408 int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8409 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
8410 {
8411 if ( column )
8412 {
8413 row = rowOrCol;
8414 col = colOrRow;
8415 }
8416 else
8417 {
8418 row = colOrRow;
8419 col = rowOrCol;
8420 }
8421
8422 // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
8423 // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
8424 // this column/row
8425 int numRows, numCols;
8426 const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8427 if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
8428 {
8429 // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
8430 // by it
8431 row += numRows;
8432 col += numCols;
8433
8434 // get the size of the main cell too
8435 GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8436 }
8437
8438 // get cell ( main cell if CellSpan_Inside ) renderer best size
8439 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8440 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
8441 if ( renderer )
8442 {
8443 wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
8444 extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
8445
8446 if ( span != CellSpan_None )
8447 {
8448 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
8449 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
8450 // really do much better here
8451 //
8452 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
8453 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
8454 // of the cell inside it
8455 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
8456 }
8457
8458 if ( extent > extentMax )
8459 extentMax = extent;
8460
8461 renderer->DecRef();
8462 }
8463
8464 attr->DecRef();
8465 }
8466
8467 // now also compare with the column label extent
8468 wxCoord w, h;
8469 dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8470
8471 if ( column )
8472 {
8473 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8474 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
8475 w = h;
8476 }
8477 else
8478 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8479
8480 extent = column ? w : h;
8481 if ( extent > extentMax )
8482 extentMax = extent;
8483
8484 if ( !extentMax )
8485 {
8486 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8487 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8488 extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
8489 }
8490 else
8491 {
8492 if ( column )
8493 // leave some space around text
8494 extentMax += 10;
8495 else
8496 extentMax += 6;
8497 }
8498
8499 if ( column )
8500 {
8501 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
8502 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8503 // in SetColSize().
8504 if ( !setAsMin )
8505 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow));
8506
8507 SetColSize( colOrRow, extentMax );
8508 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8509 {
8510 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8511 {
8512 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(colOrRow);
8513 }
8514 else
8515 {
8516 int cw, ch, dummy;
8517 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8518 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, colOrRow ) );
8519 rect.y = 0;
8520 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
8521 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
8522 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8523 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
8524 }
8525 }
8526 }
8527 else
8528 {
8529 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
8530 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8531 // in SetRowSize().
8532 if ( !setAsMin )
8533 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow));
8534
8535 SetRowSize(colOrRow, extentMax);
8536 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8537 {
8538 int cw, ch, dummy;
8539 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8540 wxRect rect( CellToRect( colOrRow, 0 ) );
8541 rect.x = 0;
8542 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8543 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8544 rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8545 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8546 }
8547 }
8548
8549 if ( setAsMin )
8550 {
8551 if ( column )
8552 SetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow, extentMax);
8553 else
8554 SetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow, extentMax);
8555 }
8556 }
8557
8558 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8559 {
8560 // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8561 const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8562
8563 wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8564 : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8565 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8566
8567 // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8568 //
8569 // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8570 // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8571 const bool
8572 useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8573
8574 wxArrayString lines;
8575 wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8576
8577 const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8578 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8579 {
8580 lines.Clear();
8581
8582 wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8583 : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8584 StringToLines(label, lines);
8585
8586 long w, h;
8587 GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8588
8589 const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8590 if ( extent > extentMax )
8591 extentMax = extent;
8592 }
8593
8594 if ( !extentMax )
8595 {
8596 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8597 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8598 extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8599 : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8600 }
8601
8602 // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8603 if ( calcRows )
8604 extentMax += 10;
8605 else
8606 extentMax += 6;
8607
8608 return extentMax;
8609 }
8610
8611 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8612 {
8613 int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8614
8615 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8616 if(!calcOnly)
8617 locker.Create(this);
8618
8619 for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8620 {
8621 if ( !calcOnly )
8622 AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8623
8624 width += GetColWidth(col);
8625 }
8626
8627 return width;
8628 }
8629
8630 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8631 {
8632 int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8633
8634 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8635 if(!calcOnly)
8636 locker.Create(this);
8637
8638 for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8639 {
8640 if ( !calcOnly )
8641 AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8642
8643 height += GetRowHeight(row);
8644 }
8645
8646 return height;
8647 }
8648
8649 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8650 {
8651 wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8652
8653 wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8654 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8655
8656 // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8657 // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8658 // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8659 SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine,
8660 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8661
8662 SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8663 }
8664
8665 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8666 {
8667 // Hide the edit control, so it
8668 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8669 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8670 {
8671 HideCellEditControl();
8672 SaveEditControlValue();
8673 }
8674
8675 // autosize row height depending on label text
8676 SetRowSize(row, -1);
8677
8678 ForceRefresh();
8679 }
8680
8681 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8682 {
8683 // Hide the edit control, so it
8684 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8685 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8686 {
8687 HideCellEditControl();
8688 SaveEditControlValue();
8689 }
8690
8691 // autosize column width depending on label text
8692 SetColSize(col, -1);
8693
8694 ForceRefresh();
8695 }
8696
8697 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8698 {
8699 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
8700
8701 // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8702 // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8703 wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8704 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8705
8706 return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8707 + GetWindowBorderSize();
8708 }
8709
8710 void wxGrid::Fit()
8711 {
8712 AutoSize();
8713 }
8714
8715 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8716 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8717 {
8718 return wxNullPen;
8719 }
8720 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8721
8722 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8723 // cell value accessor functions
8724 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8725
8726 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8727 {
8728 if ( m_table )
8729 {
8730 m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8731 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8732 {
8733 int dummy;
8734 wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8735 rect.x = 0;
8736 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8737 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8738 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8739 }
8740
8741 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8742 m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8743 IsCellEditControlShown())
8744 // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8745 // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8746 // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8747 {
8748 HideCellEditControl();
8749 ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8750 }
8751 }
8752 }
8753
8754 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8755 // block, row and column selection
8756 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8757
8758 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8759 {
8760 if ( !m_selection )
8761 return;
8762
8763 if ( !addToSelected )
8764 ClearSelection();
8765
8766 m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8767 }
8768
8769 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8770 {
8771 if ( !m_selection )
8772 return;
8773
8774 if ( !addToSelected )
8775 ClearSelection();
8776
8777 m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8778 }
8779
8780 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8781 bool addToSelected)
8782 {
8783 if ( !m_selection )
8784 return;
8785
8786 if ( !addToSelected )
8787 ClearSelection();
8788
8789 m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8790 }
8791
8792 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8793 {
8794 if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8795 {
8796 if ( m_selection )
8797 m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8798 }
8799 }
8800
8801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8802 // cell, row and col deselection
8803 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8804
8805 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8806 {
8807 if ( !m_selection )
8808 return;
8809
8810 const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8811 if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8812 mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8813 {
8814 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8815 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8816 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8817 }
8818 else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8819 {
8820 const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8821 for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8822 {
8823 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8824 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8825 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8826 }
8827 }
8828 //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8829 // could have been selected anyhow
8830 }
8831
8832 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8833 {
8834 DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8835 }
8836
8837 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8838 {
8839 DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8840 }
8841
8842 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8843 {
8844 if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8845 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8846 }
8847
8848 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8849 {
8850 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8851 ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8852 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8853 }
8854
8855 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8856 {
8857 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8858 ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8859 col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8860 row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8861 col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8862 }
8863
8864 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8865 {
8866 if (!m_selection)
8867 {
8868 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8869 return a;
8870 }
8871
8872 return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8873 }
8874
8875 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8876 {
8877 if (!m_selection)
8878 {
8879 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8880 return a;
8881 }
8882
8883 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8884 }
8885
8886 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8887 {
8888 if (!m_selection)
8889 {
8890 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8891 return a;
8892 }
8893
8894 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8895 }
8896
8897 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8898 {
8899 if (!m_selection)
8900 {
8901 wxArrayInt a;
8902 return a;
8903 }
8904
8905 return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8906 }
8907
8908 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8909 {
8910 if (!m_selection)
8911 {
8912 wxArrayInt a;
8913 return a;
8914 }
8915
8916 return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8917 }
8918
8919 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8920 {
8921 wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8922 m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8923 wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8924 m_selectedBlockCorner);
8925
8926 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8927 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8928 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8929
8930 if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8931 RefreshRect(r1, false);
8932 if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8933 RefreshRect(r2, false);
8934
8935 if ( m_selection )
8936 m_selection->ClearSelection();
8937 }
8938
8939 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8940 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8941 //
8942 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8943 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8944 {
8945 wxRect resultRect;
8946 wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8947 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8948 {
8949 resultRect = tempCellRect;
8950 }
8951 else
8952 {
8953 resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8954 }
8955
8956 tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8957 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8958 {
8959 resultRect += tempCellRect;
8960 }
8961 else
8962 {
8963 // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8964 return wxGridNoCellRect;
8965 }
8966
8967 // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8968 int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8969 int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8970 int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8971 int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8972
8973 int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8974 int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8975 int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8976 int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8977
8978 if (left > right)
8979 {
8980 int tmp = left;
8981 left = right;
8982 right = tmp;
8983
8984 tmp = leftCol;
8985 leftCol = rightCol;
8986 rightCol = tmp;
8987 }
8988
8989 if (top > bottom)
8990 {
8991 int tmp = top;
8992 top = bottom;
8993 bottom = tmp;
8994
8995 tmp = topRow;
8996 topRow = bottomRow;
8997 bottomRow = tmp;
8998 }
8999
9000 // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
9001 int cw, ch;
9002 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9003
9004 // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
9005 // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
9006 int gridOriginX = 0;
9007 int gridOriginY = 0;
9008 CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
9009
9010 int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
9011 int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
9012
9013 int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
9014 int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
9015
9016 // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
9017 // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
9018 // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
9019 // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
9020 const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
9021 const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
9022 const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
9023 const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
9024
9025 for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
9026 {
9027 for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
9028 {
9029 if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
9030 (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
9031 {
9032 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
9033
9034 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
9035 left = tempCellRect.x;
9036 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
9037 top = tempCellRect.y;
9038 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
9039 right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
9040 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
9041 bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
9042 }
9043 else
9044 {
9045 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
9046 }
9047 }
9048 }
9049
9050 // Convert to scrolled coords
9051 CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
9052 CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
9053
9054 if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
9055 return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
9056
9057 resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
9058 resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
9059 resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
9060 resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
9061
9062 return resultRect;
9063 }
9064
9065 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
9066 const wxGridOperations& oper)
9067 {
9068 BeginBatch();
9069 oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
9070 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
9071 for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
9072 {
9073 int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
9074 if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
9075 oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
9076 }
9077 EndBatch();
9078 }
9079
9080 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9081 {
9082 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
9083 }
9084
9085 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9086 {
9087 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
9088 }
9089
9090 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
9091 {
9092 m_sizeDefault = defSize;
9093 for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
9094 {
9095 if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
9096 m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
9097 }
9098 }
9099
9100 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
9101 {
9102 wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
9103
9104 // if it's not found return the default
9105 if ( it == m_customSizes.end() )
9106 return m_sizeDefault;
9107
9108 // otherwise return 0 if it's hidden, currently there is no way to get
9109 // its size before it had been hidden
9110 if ( it->second < 0 )
9111 return 0;
9112
9113 return it->second;
9114 }
9115
9116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9117 // drop target
9118 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9119
9120 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9121
9122 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
9123 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
9124 {
9125 GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
9126 }
9127
9128 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9129
9130 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9131 // grid event classes
9132 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9133
9134 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9135
9136 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9137 int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
9138 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9139 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9140 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9141 {
9142 Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
9143
9144 SetEventObject(obj);
9145 }
9146
9147 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9148
9149 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9150 int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
9151 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9152 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9153 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9154 {
9155 Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
9156
9157 SetEventObject(obj);
9158 }
9159
9160
9161 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9162
9163 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9164 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
9165 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
9166 bool sel, bool control,
9167 bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9168 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9169 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9170 {
9171 Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
9172
9173 SetEventObject(obj);
9174 }
9175
9176
9177 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
9178
9179 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
9180 wxObject* obj, int row,
9181 int col, wxControl* ctrl)
9182 : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
9183 {
9184 SetEventObject(obj);
9185 m_row = row;
9186 m_col = col;
9187 m_ctrl = ctrl;
9188 }
9189
9190
9191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9192 // wxGridTypeRegistry
9193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9194
9195 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
9196 {
9197 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9198 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9199 delete m_typeinfo[i];
9200 }
9201
9202 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9203 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9204 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9205 {
9206 wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
9207
9208 // is it already registered?
9209 int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9210 if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
9211 {
9212 delete m_typeinfo[loc];
9213 m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
9214 }
9215 else
9216 {
9217 m_typeinfo.Add(info);
9218 }
9219 }
9220
9221 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9222 {
9223 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9224 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9225 {
9226 if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
9227 {
9228 return i;
9229 }
9230 }
9231
9232 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9233 }
9234
9235 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9236 {
9237 int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9238 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9239 {
9240 // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
9241 // register it "on the fly"
9242 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9243 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
9244 {
9245 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9246 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9247 new wxGridCellTextEditor);
9248 }
9249 else
9250 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9251 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9252 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
9253 {
9254 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
9255 new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
9256 new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
9257 }
9258 else
9259 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9260 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9261 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
9262 {
9263 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
9264 new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
9265 new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
9266 }
9267 else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
9268 {
9269 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
9270 new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
9271 new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
9272 }
9273 else
9274 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9275 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9276 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
9277 {
9278 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
9279 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9280 new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
9281 }
9282 else
9283 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9284 {
9285 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9286 }
9287
9288 // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
9289 // the last index
9290 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9291 }
9292
9293 return index;
9294 }
9295
9296 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9297 {
9298 int index = FindDataType(typeName);
9299 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9300 {
9301 // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
9302 // are the parameters for the renderer
9303 index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
9304 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9305 {
9306 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9307 }
9308
9309 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
9310 wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
9311 renderer = renderer->Clone();
9312 rendererOld->DecRef();
9313
9314 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
9315 wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
9316 editor = editor->Clone();
9317 editorOld->DecRef();
9318
9319 // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
9320 wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
9321 renderer->SetParameters(params);
9322 editor->SetParameters(params);
9323
9324 // register the new typename
9325 RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9326
9327 // we just registered it, it's the last one
9328 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9329 }
9330
9331 return index;
9332 }
9333
9334 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
9335 {
9336 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
9337 if (renderer)
9338 renderer->IncRef();
9339
9340 return renderer;
9341 }
9342
9343 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
9344 {
9345 wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
9346 if (editor)
9347 editor->IncRef();
9348
9349 return editor;
9350 }
9351
9352 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
wxWidgets (Impactor)